Document:

Exhibit 4.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of December 16, 2016

 

between

 

STARWOOD PROPERTY TRUST, INC.

as Issuer,

 

and

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,

as Trustee

 

5.000% Senior Notes due 2021

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	
ARTICLE 1
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Definitions and   Incorporation by Reference
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 1.01.   Definitions
    	
1
    
	
SECTION 1.02.   Other Definitions
    	
34
    
	
SECTION 1.03.   Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
    	
35
    
	
SECTION 1.04.   Rules of Construction
    	
35
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 2
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
The Notes
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 2.01.   Amount of Notes Unlimited
    	
36
    
	
SECTION 2.02.   Form and Dating; Denominations
    	
37
    
	
SECTION 2.03.   Execution and Authentication
    	
37
    
	
SECTION 2.04.   Registrar and Paying Agent
    	
38
    
	
SECTION 2.05.   Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust
    	
39
    
	
SECTION 2.06.   Holder Lists
    	
39
    
	
SECTION 2.07.   Transfer and Exchange
    	
39
    
	
SECTION 2.08.   Replacement Notes
    	
40
    
	
SECTION 2.09.   Outstanding Notes
    	
41
    
	
SECTION 2.10.   Treasury Notes
    	
41
    
	
SECTION 2.11.   Temporary Notes
    	
41
    
	
SECTION 2.12.   Cancellation
    	
41
    
	
SECTION 2.13.   Defaulted Interest
    	
42
    
	
SECTION 2.14.   CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
    	
42
    
	
SECTION 2.15.   Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes
    	
42
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 3
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Redemption
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 3.01.   Notices to Trustee
    	
43
    
	
SECTION 3.02.   Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed
    	
44
    
	
SECTION 3.03.   Notice of Redemption
    	
44
    
	
SECTION 3.04.   Effect of Notice of Redemption
    	
46
    
	
SECTION 3.05.   Conditions to Redemption
    	
46
    
	
SECTION 3.06.   Deposit of Redemption Price
    	
47
    
	
SECTION 3.07.   Notes Redeemed in Part
    	
47
    

 

i

 

	
ARTICLE 4
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Covenants
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 4.01.   Payment of Notes
    	
48
    
	
SECTION 4.02.   Maintenance of Office or Agency
    	
48
    
	
SECTION 4.03.   Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default
    	
49
    
	
SECTION 4.04.   Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws
    	
49
    
	
SECTION 4.05.   Suspension of Covenants and Guarantees
    	
50
    
	
SECTION 4.06.   Change of Control Triggering Event
    	
51
    
	
SECTION 4.07.   Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness
    	
54
    
	
SECTION 4.08.   Maintenance of Total Unencumbered Assets
    	
54
    
	
SECTION 4.09.   Reports to Holders
    	
54
    
	
SECTION 4.10.   Future Guarantees
    	
57
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 5
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Merger and   Consolidation
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 5.01.   Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets
    	
57
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 6
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Defaults and   Remedies
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 6.01.   Events of Default
    	
60
    
	
SECTION 6.02.   Acceleration
    	
62
    
	
SECTION 6.03.   Other Remedies
    	
63
    
	
SECTION 6.04.   Waiver of Past Defaults
    	
63
    
	
SECTION 6.05.   Control by Majority
    	
63
    
	
SECTION 6.06.   Limitation on Suits
    	
64
    
	
SECTION 6.07.   Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
    	
64
    
	
SECTION 6.08.   Collection Suit by Trustee
    	
64
    
	
SECTION 6.09.   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    	
64
    
	
SECTION 6.10.   Priorities
    	
65
    
	
SECTION 6.11.   Undertaking for Costs
    	
65
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 7
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Trustee
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 7.01.   Duties of Trustee
    	
65
    
	
SECTION 7.02.   Rights of Trustee
    	
67
    
	
SECTION 7.03.   Individual Rights of Trustee
    	
68
    
	
SECTION 7.04.   Trustee’s Disclaimer
    	
68
    
	
SECTION 7.05.   Notice of Defaults
    	
68
    
	
SECTION 7.06.   Reports by Trustee to Holders
    	
68
    

 

ii

 

	
SECTION 7.07.   Compensation and Indemnity
    	
68
    
	
SECTION 7.08.   Replacement of Trustee
    	
69
    
	
SECTION 7.09.   Successor Trustee by Merger
    	
70
    
	
SECTION 7.10.   Eligibility; Disqualification
    	
71
    
	
SECTION 7.11.   Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
    	
71
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 8
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Discharge of   Indenture; Defeasance
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 8.01.   Discharge of Liability on Notes
    	
71
    
	
SECTION 8.02.   Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
    	
73
    
	
SECTION 8.03. Conditions   to Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
    	
74
    
	
SECTION 8.04.   Application of Trust Money
    	
76
    
	
SECTION 8.05.   Repayment to the Company
    	
76
    
	
SECTION 8.06.   Reinstatement
    	
76
    
	
SECTION 8.07.   Indemnity for Government Obligations
    	
77
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 9
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Amendments
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 9.01.   Without Consent of Holders
    	
77
    
	
SECTION 9.02. With   Consent of Holders
    	
78
    
	
SECTION 9.03.   Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
    	
79
    
	
SECTION 9.04.   Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers
    	
80
    
	
SECTION 9.05.   Notation on or Exchange of Notes
    	
80
    
	
SECTION 9.06.   Trustee To Sign Amendments
    	
80
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 10
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Guarantees
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 10.01.   Unconditional Guarantee
    	
81
    
	
SECTION 10.02.   Benefits Acknowledged
    	
82
    
	
SECTION 10.03.   Limitation on Guarantor Liability
    	
82
    
	
SECTION 10.04. Notation   of Guarantee Not Required
    	
82
    
	
SECTION 10.05.   Release of a Guarantor; Suspension of Guarantees
    	
82
    
	
SECTION 10.06.   Subrogation
    	
84
    
	
SECTION 10.07.   Waiver
    	
84
    
	
SECTION 10.08. No   Obligation To Take Action Against the Company
    	
84
    
	
SECTION 10.09.   Default and Enforcement
    	
84
    
	
SECTION 10.10.   Amendment, Etc.
    	
84
    
	
SECTION 10.11.   Costs and Expenses
    	
85
    

 

iii

 

	
ARTICLE 11
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Miscellaneous
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 11.01.   Trust Indenture Act Controls
    	
85
    
	
SECTION 11.02.   Notices
    	
85
    
	
SECTION 11.03.   Communication by Holders with Other Holders
    	
86
    
	
SECTION 11.04.   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
    	
87
    
	
SECTION 11.05.   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
    	
87
    
	
SECTION 11.06.   Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
    	
87
    
	
SECTION 11.07.   Business Day
    	
87
    
	
SECTION 11.08.   Governing Law
    	
88
    
	
SECTION 11.09. No   Recourse Against Others
    	
88
    
	
SECTION 11.10.   Successors
    	
88
    
	
SECTION 11.11.   Multiple Originals
    	
88
    
	
SECTION 11.12.   Table of Contents; Headings
    	
88
    
	
SECTION 11.13.   Force Majeure
    	
89
    
	
SECTION 11.14.   Severability
    	
89
    
	
SECTION 11.15. USA   Patriot Act
    	
89
    
	
SECTION 11.16. No   Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
    	
89
    
	
SECTION 11.17.   Applicable Tax Law
    	
89
    
	
SECTION 11.18.   Waiver of Jury Trial
    	
90
    
	
SECTION 11.19.   Submission to Jurisdiction
    	
90
    

 

Appendix A — Transfer Restrictions

 

Exhibit A — Form of Note

 

Exhibit B — Form of Supplemental Indenture

 

Exhibit C — Form of Transfer Certificate for Transfer or Exchange from Rule 144A Global Note to Regulation S Global Note prior to the Expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period

 

Exhibit D — Form of Transfer Certificate for the Transfer or Exchange from Rule 144A Global Note to Regulation S Global Note after the Expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period

 

Exhibit E — Form of Transfer Certificate for  Transfer or Exchange from Regulation S Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note prior to the Expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period

 

Exhibit F — Form of Transfer Certificate for Other Transfers and Exchanges

 

Note:  This Table of Contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

 

iv

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

	
TIA
    	
 
    	
Indenture
    
	
Section
    	
 
    	
Section
    
	
310
    	
(a)(1)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7.10
    
	
 
    	
(a)(2)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7.10
    
	
 
    	
(a)(3)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
 
    	
(a)(4)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
 
    	
(b)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7.08;
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7.10
    
	
 
    	
(c)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
311
    	
(a)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7.11
    
	
 
    	
(b)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7.11
    
	
 
    	
(c)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
312
    	
(a)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2.06
    
	
 
    	
(b)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
11.03
    
	
 
    	
(c)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
11.03
    
	
313
    	
(a)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7.06
    
	
 
    	
(b)(1)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7.06;
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
11.02
    
	
 
    	
(b)(2)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7.06
    
	
 
    	
(c)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7.06;
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
11.02
    
	
 
    	
(d)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7.06
    
	
314
    	
(a)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4.09;
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4.10;
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7.06;
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
11.02
    
	
 
    	
(b)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4.10;
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7.02;
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
11.02
    
	
 
    	
(c)(1)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7.02
    
	
 
    	
(c)(2)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7.02
    
	
 
    	
(c)(3)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
 
    	
(d)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1.03;
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7.02
    
	
 
    	
(e)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
11.05
    
	
 
    	
(f)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
315
    	
(a)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7.01
    
	
 
    	
(b)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7.05;
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
11.02
    
	
 
    	
(c)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7.01
    
	
 
    	
(d)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7.01
    
	
 
    	
(e)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6.11
    
	
316
    	
(a)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
11.06
    
	
 
    	
(last sentence)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

v

 

	
TIA
    	
 
    	
Indenture
    
	
Section
    	
 
    	
Section
    
	
 
    	
(a)(1)(A)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6.05
    
	
 
    	
(a)(1)(B)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6.04
    
	
 
    	
(a)(2)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
 
    	
(b)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6.07
    
	
317
    	
(a)(1)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6.08
    
	
 
    	
(a)(2)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6.09
    
	
 
    	
(b)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2.05
    
	
318
    	
(a)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
11.01
    

 

N.A. Means Not Applicable.

 

Note:  This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

 

vi

 

 

INDENTURE dated as of December 16, 2016 (this “Indenture”) between STARWOOD PROPERTY TRUST, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

Each party hereto agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Company’s 5.000% Senior Notes due 2021 to be issued, from time to time, as provided in this Indenture:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

SECTION 1.01.  Definitions.

 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or at the time it merges or consolidates with or into the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or assumed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person and in each case whether or not incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Company or such merger, consolidation or acquisition.  Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been incurred on the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or merges or consolidates with or into the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the date of the assumption of such Indebtedness by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable.

 

“Acquisition Credit Agreement” means the proposed credit agreement contemplated by the Offering Memorandum under the caption “Description of Other Indebtedness—Medical Office Portfolio and Acquisition Credit Facility” among SPT Ivey Tempe MOB LLC, SPT Ivey 61 Emerald MOB LLC and the other borrowers party thereto, Capital One, National Association, as administrative agent, the lenders party thereto from time to time and the other parties thereto (provided that the size, terms, structure and other features of, and parties to, such credit agreement, if entered into by the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries, may differ from those contemplated by the Offering Memorandum), together with any and all existing and future documents related thereto (including, without limitation, any promissory notes, security agreements, intercreditor agreements, mortgages, other collateral documents, guarantees and letters of credit), in each case as the same may have been or may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, extended, refunded, refinanced, restructured or replaced in any manner (whether before, upon or after termination or otherwise and including by means of sales of debt securities to investors or other Persons) in whole or in part from time to time (including successive amendments, restatements, amendments and restatements, supplements, modifications, renewals, extensions, refundings, refinancings, restructurings or replacements of any of the foregoing, including into one or more debt, credit, warehousing, securitization or repurchase facilities or agreements, commercial paper or overdraft facilities or agreements, indentures or other instruments or agreements, and also including by means of sales of debt securities to investors or other Persons) and including any of the foregoing changing the maturity, amount, committed amount or other terms thereof, changing (in whole or in part) revolving credit facilities to term loan facilities and vice versa, and whether or not with

 

 

the original or other buyers, sellers, borrowers, issuers, guarantors, agents, lenders, financial institutions, brokers, dealers, trustees, investors or other parties.

 

“Additional Interest” means any additional interest payable on any of the Notes pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement.  For purposes of clarity, a Registration Rights Agreement may provide for the payment of Additional Interest on some, but not all, of the Notes.

 

“Additional Notes” means additional 5.000% Senior Notes due 2021 originally issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date.  For purposes of clarity, it is understood and agreed that Exchange Notes shall not constitute Additional Notes.

 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person.  The term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative of the foregoing.

 

“Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-Registrar.

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

 

“Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors, managers or trustees or other governing body of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership or limited liability company that does not have such a governing body, the board of directors, managers or trustees or other governing body of any direct or indirect general partner of such partnership or of any direct or indirect managing member or other managing Person of such limited liability company) or any duly authorized committee thereof.

 

“Business Day” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

“Capital Stock” means:

 

(1)           with respect to any Person other than a business trust, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated and whether or not voting) of or in its corporate stock or, if such Person is not a corporation, its equity; and

 

(2)           with respect to any Person that is a business trust, any and all beneficial ownership interests (however designated and whether or not voting) in such Person;

 

in each case including each class or series of Common Stock and Preferred Stock of such Person but in each case excluding any Indebtedness or debt securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or any options, warrants, contracts or other securities (including derivative

 

2

 

instruments) exercisable or exchangeable for, convertible into or otherwise for or relating to the purchase or sale of, any of the items referred to in clauses (1) or (2) above.

 

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition, the amount of such obligations at any date shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Cash Management Obligations” means obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in relation to (1) treasury, depository or cash management services, arrangements or agreements (including, without limitation, credit, debt or other purchase card programs and intercompany cash management services) or any automated clearinghouse (“ACH”) transfers of funds (including reimbursement and indemnification obligations with respect to letters of credit or similar instruments), and (2) netting services, overdraft protections, controlled disbursement, ACH transactions, return items, interstate deposit network services, supplier services, cash pooling and operational foreign exchange management, Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication transfers and similar programs.

 

“Change of Control” means:

 

(1)           the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, written notice or otherwise) that any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, is or has become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of all of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company; or

 

(2)           the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (other than sales, transfers, conveyances and other dispositions of Securitization Assets, Repurchase Agreement Assets, Investments or other securities or assets, in each case in the ordinary course of business) to any Person (other than the Company and/or one or more Subsidiaries of the Company).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (I) a transaction will not be deemed to be a Change of Control if (1) the Company becomes a direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiary of a parent entity and (2) either (A) the direct or indirect holders of the outstanding Voting Stock of such parent entity immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to that transaction or (B) immediately following that transaction no Person (other than a parent entity satisfying the requirements of this sentence) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the combined voting power of all of the outstanding Voting Stock of such parent entity and (II) the reference in clause (2) of the immediately preceding paragraph to sales, transfers,

 

3

 

conveyances and other dispositions of Securitization Assets, Repurchase Agreement Assets, Investments or other securities or assets in the ordinary course of business shall include, without limitation, any sales, transfers, conveyances and other dispositions of Securitization Assets, Repurchase Agreement Assets, Investments or other securities or assets (A) that are made (x) to any Securitization Entity for the purpose of enabling such Securitization Entity to securitize the assets so sold, transferred, conveyed or disposed of or enabling such Securitization Entity to issue Non-Recourse Indebtedness secured by such assets or to enter into any Repurchase Agreements with respect to such assets or (y) to any Person pursuant to a Repurchase Agreement that is otherwise permitted (or not prohibited) by this Indenture, under which such Person is a buyer of Repurchase Agreement Assets, and (B) that the Company in good faith determines to be consistent with past practice of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to reflect customary or accepted practice in the businesses, industries or markets in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries operates or reasonably expects to operate or that reflect reasonable extensions, evolutions or developments of any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, by way of new transactions or structures), and as a result, none of the foregoing shall constitute a Change of Control.

 

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Rating Event.

 

“Commodity Agreement” means any commodity futures contract, commodity swap, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against fluctuations in the price of commodities or to otherwise manage commodity prices or the risk of fluctuations in commodity prices.

 

“Common Stock” means, with respect to any Person other than a business trust, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or non-voting) of or in such Person’s common stock or, if such Person is not a corporation, its common equity or, if such Person is a business trust, any and all common beneficial ownership interests (however designated and whether voting or non-voting) in such Person, in each case including, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock, other common equity or common beneficial ownership interests, as the case may be, but in each case excluding any Indebtedness or debt securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or any options, warrants, contracts or other securities (including derivative instruments) exercisable or exchangeable for, convertible into or otherwise for or relating to the purchase or sale of, any of the foregoing.  The determination of whether any beneficial ownership interests or equity constitute common beneficial ownership interest or common equity, respectively, shall be made by the Company in good faith.

 

“Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person.

 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person and for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person plus or minus, as the case may be, the following items (without duplication):

 

4

 

(1) plus, to the extent Consolidated Net Income has been reduced thereby (without duplication):

 

(a)           Consolidated Income Taxes;

 

(b)           Consolidated Interest Expense;

 

(c)           depreciation, depletion and amortization;

 

(d)           restructuring or severance charges or expenses; and

 

(e)           any fees and expenses (including any transaction or retention bonus) incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with the acquisition (including, without limitation, by merger, consolidation or acquisition of Capital Stock) of Investments or other securities or assets, including any such acquisition consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such acquisition undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring costs incurred during such period as a result of any such acquisition;

 

(2) plus, to the extent Consolidated Net Income has been reduced thereby, or minus, to the extent Consolidated Net Income has been increased thereby (without duplication):

 

(a)           any extraordinary or non-recurring gain (or extraordinary or non-recurring loss or charge), together with any related provision for taxes on any such extraordinary or non-recurring gain (or the tax effect of any such extraordinary or non-recurring loss or charge);

 

(b)           impairment charges, reserves and write-offs and reversals of any of the foregoing;

 

(c)           any non-cash income or loss attributable to the application of mark-to-market accounting;

 

(d)           after-tax gains and after-tax losses from sales, conveyances, transfers, assignments or other dispositions (including, without limitation, by merger or consolidation) of Investments or other securities or assets, in each case excluding the effect of any cumulative mark to market gains or losses;

 

(e)           income or loss attributable to discontinued operations (including, without limitation, operations disposed of during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued, but not including revenues, expenses, gains and losses relating to real estate properties sold or held for sale, even if they were classified as attributable to discontinued operations under the provisions of FASB Accounting Standards Codification 205 (or any successor or replacement provisions thereto), as the same may be amended, modified and/or supplemented from time to time);

 

(f)            any gain or loss arising from the early extinguishment of any Indebtedness in connection with, and any fees, premiums, expenses or other charges relating to, the

 

5

 

Transactions or any Refinancing, redemption, purchase (including, without limitation, by tender offer), retirement, repayment, defeasance or discharge on or subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, including the amortization or write-off of debt issuance costs and debt discount and fees, costs and other expenses incurred in connection with entering into, settling or terminating obligations under Interest Rate Agreements in connection with any of the foregoing;

 

(g)           any non-cash compensation charges arising from the grant of, issuance, vesting, exercise or repricing of stock, stock options or other equity-based awards or any amendment, modification, substitution or change of any such stock, stock options or other equity-based awards;

 

(h)           the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles; and

 

(i)            any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person and any unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses relating to translation of assets or liabilities denominated in foreign currencies;

 

all determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person and as of any date of determination (the “Determination Date”), the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the most recent Four Quarter Period ending on or prior to such Determination Date for which financial statements are available to Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for such Four Quarter Period.  In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, “Consolidated EBITDA” and “Consolidated Fixed Charges” shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to the following (without duplication):

 

(1)           the incurrence of the Indebtedness, if any, by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and (x) any repayment, repurchase, defeasance, redemption or other discharge (collectively, for purposes of this definition, “repayment”; the terms “repay” and “repaid” shall have correlative meanings for purposes of this definition) of any Indebtedness with the proceeds of the Indebtedness to be incurred or in connection with the transactions pursuant to which such Indebtedness is to be incurred or the transactions giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as the case may be, and (y) any purchase or other acquisition or origination of any Investments, Persons or other securities or assets made or to be made by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries (in one transaction or a series of related transactions and including, without limitation, by merger, consolidation, acquisition of Capital Stock or otherwise) with the proceeds of the Indebtedness to be incurred or in connection with the transactions pursuant to which such Indebtedness is to be incurred or the transactions giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as the case may be (including, without limitation, any Consolidated EBITDA attributable to the Investments, Persons or other securities or assets which are being purchased, acquired or originated as

 

6

 

aforesaid), in each case as if such incurrence, repayment, purchase, acquisition or origination, as the case may be, had occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period;

 

(2)           the incurrence and repayment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness which is covered by clause (1) above), including any repayment of any Indebtedness with the proceeds from the incurrence of Indebtedness covered by this clause (2) or in connection with the related transaction referred to in clause (3) of this definition, in each case that occurred during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Determination Date, as if such incurrence or repayment had occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period, but only to the extent the incurrence or repayment of such Indebtedness was made in connection with a transaction or series of related transactions described in clause (3) below that meets the significance test set forth in such clause (3); provided, however, that such calculation shall not give pro forma effect to the incurrence of any Indebtedness described in this clause (2) if such Indebtedness is not outstanding as of the Determination Date; and

 

(3)           any sale or other disposition or any purchase or other acquisition or origination of any Investments, Persons or other securities or assets (other than any purchase, acquisition or origination covered by clause (1) above) made by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, by merger, consolidation, acquisition of Capital Stock or otherwise) in one transaction or a series of related transactions during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Determination Date (including, without limitation, any Consolidated EBITDA attributable to the Investments, Persons or other securities or assets which were sold, disposed of, purchased, acquired or originated as aforesaid), in each case as if such sale, disposition, purchase, acquisition or origination had occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period, but, anything in this clause (3) to the contrary notwithstanding, only if the Investments, Persons or other securities or assets sold, disposed of, purchased, acquired or originated in such transaction or such series of related transactions, as the case may be, met, at the time of such transaction or series of related transactions (or, at the option of the Company, would have met, as of the last day of the Four Quarter Period), the conditions specified in clause (1), (2) or (3) of Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (as such Rule is in effect on the Issue Date but substituting 20% for 10% each place 10% appears in such Rule and assuming that the Company was the “registrant” and that the Investments, Persons or other securities or assets sold, disposed of, purchased, acquired or originated in such transaction or series of related transactions constituted a “subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of such Rule), with the calculation of whether any such conditions are met to be made in accordance with GAAP.

 

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and if pro forma effect is being given to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Determination Date had been the applicable rate for that portion of the Four Quarter Period during which such Indebtedness was not outstanding (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months).  If any Indebtedness bears an interest rate chosen at the option of the Company and if pro forma effect is being given to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, the interest rate shall be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen

 

7

 

by the Company for that portion of the Four Quarter Period during which such Indebtedness was not outstanding.  For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any calculation under this definition, the pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by the Company and such pro forma calculations may include, for the avoidance of doubt and at the Company’s sole discretion, cost savings and expense reductions relating to any transaction which is being given pro forma effect (x) that have been or are expected to be realized within 12 months after the date of such transaction and/or (y) that are determined in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

 

In making any pro forma calculation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the applicable Determination Date (other than any Indebtedness being incurred under such facility in connection with a transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio) will be deemed to be:

 

(i)            the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable Four Quarter Period or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding, or

 

(ii)           if such facility was created after the end of such Four Quarter Period, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to such Determination Date.

 

“Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1)           Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding any amortization of debt discount or expense); plus

 

(2)           the amount of all cash dividend payments on any Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person and any Preferred Stock of any Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary that guarantees payment of the Notes) of such Person (in each case other than dividends paid or payable in Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock and dividends paid to such Person or any of its Subsidiaries) paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period,

 

all determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Consolidated Income Taxes” means, with respect to any Person for any period, taxes imposed upon such Person and its Subsidiaries by any governmental authority, which taxes or other payments are calculated by reference to the income or profits or capital of such Person and/or any of its Subsidiaries (to the extent such income or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period), including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes, computed on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP but excluding reserves related to uncertain tax positions.

 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication:

 

8

 

(1)           the aggregate amount of interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period; and

 

(2)           to the extent not already included in clause (1), the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Subsidiaries during such period,

 

all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the net income (or loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries before the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Consolidated Net Worth” of any Person means the consolidated stockholders’ equity (or, if such Person is not a corporation, the consolidated equity interests of its partners, members or other equity owners) of such Person and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, less (without duplication) amounts attributable to Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person and Capital Stock of such Person’s consolidated Subsidiaries not owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee located at The Bank of New York Mellon, Attention:  Corporate Trust Unit, 101 Barclay Street, Floor 7W, New York, New York 10286, or such other office in New York, New York designated by the Trustee by written notice to the Company, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered.

 

“Credit Enhancement Agreements” means, collectively, any documents, instruments, guarantees or agreements entered into by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Securitization Entity for the purpose of providing credit support (that is reasonably customary as determined by the Company) with respect to any Indebtedness permitted or not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, any debt, credit, warehousing, securitization or repurchase facilities or agreements (including, without limitation, the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement, the New Credit Agreement, the Acquisition Credit Agreement (if entered into), the Existing Repurchase Agreements and any other Repurchase Agreements but excluding the Existing Term Loan Agreement), commercial paper or overdraft facilities or agreements, indentures, or other instruments and agreements (any or all of which may be outstanding at the same time), in each case with banks or other lenders, financial institutions, brokers, dealers, trustees, agents, buyers, sellers or other Persons, and any notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, in each case providing for, evidencing, creating or pursuant to which there may be incurred, issued, evidenced, secured or created revolving credit loans, term loans, debt securities, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to banks, lenders, investors or other Persons or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from banks, lenders, investors or other Persons against such receivables), securitizations, letters of credit, sales and repurchases of Investments or other securities or assets, or other Indebtedness, together in each case with any and all existing

 

9

 

and future documents related thereto (including, without limitation, any promissory notes, security agreements, intercreditor agreements, mortgages, other collateral documents, guarantees and letters of credit), in each case whether in effect on the Issue Date or entered into or assumed thereafter and in each case as the same may have been or may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, extended, refunded, refinanced, restructured or replaced in any manner (whether before, upon or after termination or otherwise and including by means of sales of debt securities to investors or other Persons) in whole or in part from time to time (including successive amendments, restatements, amendments and restatements, supplements, modifications, renewals, extensions, refundings, refinancings, restructurings or replacements of any of the foregoing, including into one or more debt, credit, warehousing, securitization or repurchase facilities or agreements, commercial paper or overdraft facilities or agreements, indentures or other instruments or agreements, and also including by means of sales of debt securities to investors or other Persons) and including any of the foregoing changing the maturity, amount, committed amount or other terms thereof, changing (in whole or in part) revolving credit facilities to term loan facilities and vice versa, and whether or not with the original or other buyers, sellers, borrowers, issuers, guarantors, agents, lenders, financial institutions, brokers, dealers, trustees, investors or other parties.

 

“Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other agreement or arrangement designed to protect against fluctuations in currency values or otherwise manage currency exchange rates or currency exchange rate risk.

 

“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

“Debt Securities” means unsecured debt securities (other than the Notes) of the Company or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries (other than any Domestic Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary or Securitization Entity) issued by the Company or such Domestic Subsidiary or, in the case of unsecured debt securities as to which the Company and any such Domestic Subsidiary are co-issuers or co-obligors, both of them, as the case may be, in a public offering registered pursuant to the Securities Act or in an offering exempt from such registration pursuant to Rule 144A and/or Regulation S thereunder.  For purposes of clarity it is understood and agreed that a Debt Security which was unsecured but that shall thereafter be secured shall cease to be a “Debt Security” within the meaning of the foregoing definition so long as it is secured.

 

“Default” means an event or condition the occurrence of which is, or with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

“Depositary” means DTC or any successor depositary for the Global Notes.

 

“Disqualified Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof) or upon the happening of any event:

 

10

 

 

(1)                                 matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; or

 

(2)                                 is redeemable or repurchasable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness at the option of the holder of such Capital Stock in whole or in part,

 

in each case on or prior to the earlier of (a) the stated maturity date of the Notes or (b) the date on which there are no Notes outstanding; provided, however, that (i) only the portion of such Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable or is so exchangeable, redeemable or repurchasable at the option of the holder thereof prior to the earlier of such dates will be deemed to be Disqualified Capital Stock, (ii) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Capital Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require such Person to redeem, repay, exchange or repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control, fundamental change or similar event (howsoever defined or referred to) shall not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock if any such redemption, repayment, exchange or repurchase obligation is subject to compliance by the relevant Person with Section 4.06 of this Indenture, (iii) any options, warrants and contracts (including derivative instruments) exercisable or exchangeable for, convertible into or otherwise for or relating to the purchase or sale of Capital Stock, and any securities (other than Capital Stock) convertible into or exchangeable for any shares of Capital Stock, shall not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock, (iv) Capital Stock will not be deemed to be Disqualified Capital Stock as a result of provisions in any stock option plan, restricted stock plan, or other equity incentive plan or any award or agreement issued or entered into thereunder that requires such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, or gives any current or former employee, director or consultant or their heirs, executors, administrators or assigns the right to require such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value or otherwise Capital Stock or any other equity awards (including, without limitation, options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire Capital Stock, restricted stock and restricted stock units) issued or issuable under any such plan, award or agreement; and (v) Capital Stock will not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock to the extent that such Person or any of its Subsidiaries has the option of paying for such Capital Stock at maturity, upon mandatory redemption, or upon any redemption, exchange or repurchase at the option of the holder of such Capital Stock, as the case may be, with Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

“Domestic Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

 

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Exchange Notes” means the 5.000% Senior Notes due 2021 issued under this Indenture in exchange for outstanding Notes in an exchange offer pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Excluded Subsidiary” means any of the following Subsidiaries of the Company, whether any such Subsidiary is in existence on the Issue Date or is formed or acquired or

 

11

 

becomes a Subsidiary of the Company thereafter: (i) a Subsidiary of the Company that is prohibited, in the good faith judgment of the Company, from providing a Guarantee of the Notes or from incurring or having Indebtedness by any law, rule or regulation, or by any judgment, order, decree, pronouncement, interpretation or other action of any court, government, or governmental or administrative authority or official or arbitrator having jurisdiction over such Subsidiary or the Company, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Company that, in the good faith judgment of the Company, is prohibited from providing a Guarantee of the Notes or from incurring or having Indebtedness by any instrument or agreement (as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time) to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company is a party or by which any of them is bound or by any Organizational Documents (as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time) of any such Subsidiary or (iii) any Subsidiary of the Company if its providing a Guarantee of the Notes would require or would be reasonably likely to require, in the good faith judgment of the Company, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act or would cause or would be reasonably likely to cause, in the good faith judgment of the Company, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to become subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act.  For purposes of clarity, it is understood and agreed that a Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Excluded Subsidiary may at any time become an Excluded Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of the foregoing sentence.

 

“Existing Repurchase Agreements” means all Repurchase Agreements to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party as of the Issue Date, in each case together with any and all existing and future documents related thereto (including, without limitation, any promissory notes, security agreements, intercreditor agreements, mortgages, other collateral documents, guarantees and letters of credit), in each case as the same may have been or may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, extended, refunded, refinanced, restructured or replaced in any manner (whether before, upon or after termination or otherwise and including by means of sales of debt securities to investors or other Persons) in whole or in part from time to time (including successive amendments, restatements, amendments and restatements, supplements, modifications, renewals, extensions, refundings, refinancings, restructurings or replacements of any of the foregoing, including into one or more debt, credit, warehousing, securitization or repurchase facilities or agreements, commercial paper or overdraft facilities or agreements, indentures or other instruments or agreements, and also including by means of sales of debt securities to investors or other Persons) and including any of the foregoing changing the maturity, amount, committed amount or other terms thereof, changing (in whole or in part) revolving credit facilities to term loan facilities and vice versa, and whether or not with the original or other buyers, sellers, borrowers, issuers, guarantors, agents, lenders, financial institutions, brokers, dealers, trustees, investors or other parties.

 

“Existing Revolving Credit Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 28, 2015 among Starwood Property Mortgage Sub-10, L.L.C., Starwood Property Mortgage Sub-10-A, L.L.C., the Company, the other subsidiaries of the Company party thereto, the lenders party thereto from time to time and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and any other parties thereto, together with any and all existing and future documents related thereto (including, without limitation, any promissory notes, security agreements, intercreditor agreements, mortgages, other collateral documents, guarantees

 

12

 

and letters of credit), in each case as the same may have been or may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, extended, refunded, refinanced, restructured or replaced in any manner (whether before, upon or after termination or otherwise and including by means of sales of debt securities to investors or other Persons) in whole or in part from time to time (including successive amendments, restatements, amendments and restatements, supplements, modifications, renewals, extensions, refundings, refinancings, restructurings or replacements of any of the foregoing, including into one or more debt, credit, warehousing, securitization or repurchase facilities or agreements, commercial paper or overdraft facilities or agreements, indentures or other instruments or agreements, and also including by means of sales of debt securities to investors or other Persons) and including any of the foregoing changing the maturity, amount, committed amount or other terms thereof, changing (in whole or in part) revolving credit facilities to term loan facilities and vice versa, and whether or not with the original or other buyers, sellers, borrowers, issuers, guarantors, agents, lenders, financial institutions, brokers, dealers, trustees, investors or other parties.

 

“Existing Term Loan Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, dated April 19, 2013, among the Company, as the borrower, and certain subsidiaries of the Company, each as guarantors, the lenders party thereto from time to time and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the lenders, as amended by the First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated December 13, 2013 among the parties thereto, as amended, amended and restated or supplemented, if applicable.

 

“fair market value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction.  Fair market value shall be determined by the Company in good faith.

 

“FASB” means the Financial Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto.

 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and any Subsidiary (including any Subsidiary that would otherwise be a Domestic Subsidiary) of such Subsidiary, (b) any Subsidiary of such Person that has no material assets (with the determination of materiality to be made in good faith by the Company) other than Capital Stock of (or Capital Stock of and debt obligations owed or treated as owed by) one or more Foreign Subsidiaries (or Subsidiaries thereof), and (c) any Subsidiary (including any Subsidiary that would otherwise be a Domestic Subsidiary) of such Person that owns any Capital Stock of a Foreign Subsidiary if its providing a Guarantee of the Notes could reasonably be expected, in the good faith judgment of the Company, to cause any earnings of such Foreign Subsidiary, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to be treated as a deemed dividend to such Foreign Subsidiary’s United States parent for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

“Four Quarter Period” means, with any respect to any Person, any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of such Person.

 

13

 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time, consistently applied; provided that, (I) notwithstanding the foregoing but subject to clause (II) of this proviso, for purposes of determining compliance with any covenant (including the computation under any financial covenant and any related definitions) contained in this Indenture or the amount of Indebtedness (including, without limitation, for purposes of clause (4) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01) or other liabilities, assets, stockholders (or other) equity, net worth, revenues, expenses or net income (loss) of any Person or any of its Subsidiaries or any other amounts appearing in, derived from or used in compiling or preparing, the financial statements (including notes thereto) of any Person and/or any of its Subsidiaries, or making any financial or accounting computation or determination relevant to any Person or any of its Subsidiaries, (a) leases shall be classified and accounted for in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 840 as in effect on the Issue Date, (b) Indebtedness of any Person and its Subsidiaries shall exclude the effects of ASC 825 and ASC 470-20 (or any successor or replacement provisions thereto), as the same may be amended, modified and/or supplemented from time to time, on financial liabilities, (c) the Company shall make such adjustments as it determines in good faith are necessary to remove the impact of consolidating any variable interest entities under the requirements of ASC 810 or transfers of financial assets accounted for as secured borrowings under ASC 860, as both of such ASC sections are in effect on the Issue Date and (d) if any Person shall own, directly or indirectly, less than 100% of the outstanding Common Stock of any Subsidiary of such Person, then only a pro rata portion of the Indebtedness, other liabilities, assets, stockholders (or other) equity, net worth, revenues, expenses or net income (loss) of such Subsidiary or any other amounts relevant to such Subsidiary appearing in, derived from or used in compiling or preparing the financial statements (including notes thereto) of such Subsidiary or of such Person and/or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, shall be included for purposes of determining compliance with any such covenant or determining any such amount or making any such financial or accounting computation or determination referred to above, such pro rata portion to be proportionate to the percentage of the outstanding Common Stock of such Subsidiary owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person (or, at the option of such Person, proportionate to such Person’s total direct and indirect participation or economic interests (expressed as a percentage) in the stockholders (or other) equity or net income (loss) of such Subsidiary or in any other amount or item referred to above or relevant to such Subsidiary or any such determination or computation) and (II) clause (I) of this proviso shall not be applicable for purposes of the Financial Reports and other reports and information to be delivered by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09.  For the avoidance of doubt, revenues, expenses, gains and losses that are included in results of discontinued operations because of the application of ASC 205 (or any successor or replacement provisions thereto), as the same may be amended, modified and/or supplemented from time to time, will be treated as revenues, expenses, gains and losses from continuing operations.

 

“Global Note” means a Note in registered global form without coupons, registered in the name of a Depositary or its nominee.

 

“Guarantee” means, individually, any guarantee of the Notes by a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and, collectively, all such guarantees of the Notes by Guarantors pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, in each case as any such guarantees may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

14

 

“Guaranteed Principal Amount” means, with respect to any Domestic Subsidiary of the Company (other than any Domestic Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary or Securitization Entity), the aggregate principal amount (without duplication) of (a) all outstanding Debt Securities of the Company for whose payment the Company and such referent Domestic Subsidiary are jointly and severally liable as co-issuers or co-obligors, (b) all outstanding Debt Securities of the Company the payment of which is guaranteed by such referent Domestic Subsidiary, (c) all outstanding Debt Securities of such referent Domestic Subsidiary the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company and (d) all outstanding Guaranteed Subsidiary Debt Securities issued by other Domestic Subsidiaries of the Company the payment of which is guaranteed by such referent Domestic Subsidiary.

 

“Guaranteed Subsidiary Debt Securities” means Debt Securities issued by any Domestic Subsidiary of the Company (other than any Domestic Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary or a Securitization Entity) the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company; provided that any such Debt Security will cease to be a Guaranteed Subsidiary Debt Security upon the release, termination, suspension or discharge of the Company’s guarantee thereof.

 

“Guarantor” means each Domestic Subsidiary of the Company, if any, that guarantees the payment of the Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture; provided that no Excluded Subsidiary or Securitization Entity shall be deemed to be, or shall be required to become, a Guarantor; and provided, further, that, upon release or discharge of any such Domestic Subsidiary from its Guarantee of the Notes, or upon the termination or suspension of any such Guarantee, in accordance with this Indenture, such Domestic Subsidiary shall cease to be a Guarantor.

 

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 

“incur” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.07(a).  The terms “incurred” and “incurring” shall have correlative meanings.

 

“Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person, without duplication:

 

(1)                                 the principal amount of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

 

(2)                                 the principal amount of indebtedness of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

(3)                                 all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

 

(4)                                 all payment obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property and all payment obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to assets purchased by such Person (but, in each case, excluding trade accounts payable and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business and any earn-out or similar obligations and also excluding all obligations other than those relating to payment of the purchase price of the applicable property or assets);

 

15

 

(5)                                 the principal component of all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction (except in each case to the extent such obligations relate to trade payables or other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business);

 

(6)                                 Indebtedness of other Persons of the types referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above and clauses (8) and (10) below to the extent (and only to the extent) guaranteed by such referent Person;

 

(7)                                 Indebtedness of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) above which is secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such referent Person, the amount of such Indebtedness of such referent Person being deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value of such property or asset and the amount of the Indebtedness of such other Person so secured;

 

(8)                                 all net payment obligations of such Person under Commodity Agreements, Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements of such Person, other than obligations incurred or agreements entered into for hedging purposes;

 

(9)                                 all outstanding Disqualified Capital Stock issued by such Person, with the amount of Indebtedness represented by such Disqualified Capital Stock being equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and, if such Disqualified Capital Stock is subject to repurchase at the option of holder, its maximum fixed repurchase price (or, if such Disqualified Capital Stock does not have a liquidation preference or a maximum fixed repurchase price, its estimated repurchase price as determined by the Company in good faith), but excluding in each case accrued dividends and premium, if any (for purposes of this clause (9), “fixed repurchase price” shall mean a price specified as a fixed amount in U.S. dollars or other applicable currency); and

 

(10)                          all repurchase obligations (excluding accrued interest or any portion of such obligations representing accrued interest) of such Person under Repurchase Agreements to which it is party.

 

For purposes of determining the amount of Indebtedness under any covenants, definitions or other provisions of this Indenture, (a) guarantees of, and obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and other similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included and the incurrence or creation of any such guarantees, obligations or Liens shall not be deemed to be the incurrence of Indebtedness; (b) unless otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof shall be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP; and (c) if any Person shall own, directly or indirectly, less than 100% of the outstanding Common Stock of any Subsidiary of such Person, then only a pro rata portion of the Indebtedness, of such Subsidiary shall be included for purposes of determining the amount of Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, such pro rata portion to be determined as set forth in the definition of GAAP.  For purposes of clarity, it is understood and agreed that, anything in this Indenture to the contrary

 

16

 

notwithstanding, Indebtedness of variable interest entities (within the meaning of GAAP) shall not be deemed Indebtedness of any Person or any of its Subsidiaries.  For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction (including, without limitation, those set forth in any definition) on the amount or incurrence of any Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such Refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such Refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount (or, if incurred with original issue discount, the issue price) of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or if incurred with original issue discount, the accreted value) of such Indebtedness being Refinanced plus any additional Indebtedness incurred to pay interest or dividends thereon plus the amount of any premium (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with the incurrence of such Refinancing Indebtedness; and provided, further, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 4.07, Section 4.08, in the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” or elsewhere in this Indenture, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company and its Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to Section 4.07 and such definition shall not be deemed to be exceeded, nor shall the Company be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 4.08, solely as a result of fluctuations in currency exchange rates.  Subject to the foregoing, the principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being Refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness and Indebtedness being Refinanced are denominated that is in effect on the date of such Refinancing.  Unsecured Indebtedness shall not be treated as subordinated or junior to secured Indebtedness merely because such Indebtedness is unsecured.  For purposes of clarity, it is understood and agreed that, anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the term “Indebtedness” shall not include any commitment to make loans, advances or other Investments, or to purchase Investments, Persons or other securities or assets.

 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means any accounting firm, investment advisory firm, valuation firm, consulting firm, appraisal firm, investment bank, bank, trust company or similar entity of recognized standing selected by the Company from time to time.

 

“Initial Purchasers” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc.,  Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

“Insolvency Event” means, with respect to any Person, (a) the filing of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises with respect to such Person or any part of its assets or property in an involuntary case under any applicable Insolvency Law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any part of its assets or property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of

 

17

 

such Person’s affairs, (b) the commencement by such Person of a voluntary case under any applicable Insolvency Law, (c) the consent by such Person to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any applicable Insolvency Law, (d) the consent by such Person to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any part of its assets or property, (e) the making by such Person of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (f) the admission in a legal proceeding of the inability of such Person to pay its debts generally as they become due, (g) the failure by such Person generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (h) the taking of any action by such Person in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

 

“Insolvency Laws” means Title 11 of the United States Code and all other applicable liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, suspension of payments and similar debtor relief laws from time to time in effect affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

“Intercompany Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries owing to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

“interest” means, with respect to any Note, interest payable on such Note and Additional Interest, if any, payable on such Note pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Interest Payment Date” means June 15 and December 15 of each year.

 

“Interest Rate Agreement” means any interest rate swap, cap, floor, collar, hedge or similar agreements and any other agreement or arrangement designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk.

 

“Investment” means any direct or indirect loan, loan origination or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, a guarantee), any capital contribution (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness, any servicing rights, any real property or interests in real property (including, without limitation, improvements, fixtures and accessions thereto and ground leases), and any other investment assets (whether tangible or intangible).  “Investment” shall exclude extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, but, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires, shall include acquisitions of any of the foregoing or of any Person, whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition of Capital Stock or assets or otherwise.

 

“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P.

 

“Issue Date” means December 16, 2016.

 

18

 

“Issue Date Committed Amount” means the sum of (1) the maximum aggregate principal amount of revolving credit and term loan borrowings that would have been available under the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement and the New Credit Agreement on the Issue Date, assuming that no borrowings or other Indebtedness was incurred or outstanding under any such agreements on the Issue Date, that any rights or options of the applicable borrower or borrowers to increase, or to request an increase in, the maximum aggregate principal amount of available borrowings thereunder (including, without limitation, pursuant to any committed or uncommitted accordion provisions) had been exercised or made, as applicable, that all such requests had been granted and that all such increases and requested increases were in effect on the Issue Date, and that the maximum aggregate principal amount of borrowings under such agreements (giving effect to all such increases and requested increases) could be borrowed on the Issue Date and (2) the maximum aggregate amount of financing that would have been available to the applicable Repo Sellers from the applicable Repo Buyers under the Existing Repurchase Agreements on the Issue Date, assuming that no financing was extended or other Indebtedness was incurred or outstanding under any such agreements on the Issue Date, that any rights or options of the applicable Repo Seller or Repo Sellers to increase, or to request an increase in, the maximum aggregate amount of available financing thereunder (including, without limitation, pursuant to any committed or uncommitted accordion provisions) had been exercised or made, as applicable, that all such requests had been granted and that all such increases and requested increases were in effect on the Issue Date, and that the maximum aggregate amount of financing under such agreements (giving effect to all such increases and requested increases) could be extended to the Repo Sellers on the Issue Date, in each case referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above assuming the performance of and compliance with all covenants and agreements and the truth and accuracy of all representations and warranties in such agreements, and further assuming that all conditions to borrowing or financing, all conditions to increases or requested increases in the maximum aggregate principal amount of available borrowings or the maximum aggregate amount of available financing, all borrowing base or other collateral requirements, and all other applicable terms, conditions and other provisions of such agreements had been satisfied, performed and complied with as and when required.  As used in the immediately preceding sentence, the terms Repo Sellers and Repo Buyers have the respective meanings set forth in the definition of “Repurchase Agreement.”

 

“Lien” means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any agreement to give any security interest).

 

“Manager” means, so long as the Company is externally managed, any Person serving as the Company’s external manager which, on the Issue Date, is SPT Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and any successor to the credit rating business thereof.

 

“Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or incurrence of Indebtedness, means the cash proceeds of such issuance, sale or incurrence, as the case may be, net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts and commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and expenses incurred in

 

19

 

connection with such issuance, sale or incurrence, as the case may be, and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

 

“New Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement dated as of December 16, 2016 among the Company, as borrower, the subsidiaries of the Company from time to time party thereto, as guarantors, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, the other lenders party thereto from time to time and any other parties thereto from time to time, together with any and all existing and future documents related thereto (including, without limitation, any promissory notes, security agreements, intercreditor agreements, mortgages, other collateral documents, guarantees and letters of credit), in each case as the same may have been or may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, extended, refunded, refinanced, restructured or replaced in any manner (whether before, upon or after termination or otherwise and including by means of sales of debt securities to investors or other Persons) in whole or in part from time to time (including successive amendments, restatements, amendments and restatements, supplements, modifications, renewals, extensions, refundings, refinancings, restructurings or replacements of any of the foregoing, including into one or more debt, credit, warehousing, securitization or repurchase facilities or agreements, commercial paper or overdraft facilities or agreements, indentures or other instruments or agreements, and also including by means of sales of debt securities to investors or other Persons) and including any of the foregoing changing the maturity, amount, committed amount or other terms thereof, changing (in whole or in part) revolving credit facilities to term loan facilities and vice versa, and whether or not with the original or other buyers, sellers, borrowers, issuers, guarantors, agents, lenders, financial institutions, brokers, dealers, trustees, investors or other parties.

 

“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor of the Notes.

 

“Non-Recourse Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries:

 

(1)                                 that is advanced to finance the acquisition of Securitization Assets or other assets and secured only by the assets to which such Indebtedness relates (or by a pledge of equity in the Securitization Entity owning such assets) without recourse to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (excluding any such Subsidiary that is a Securitization Entity or that owns no significant assets (as determined in good faith by the Company) other than its interest in a Securitization Entity and, in each case, is a borrower, guarantor, pledgor or other obligor of such Indebtedness) (other than recourse pursuant to Standard Recourse Undertakings, unless, until and for so long as (but solely for purposes of clause (4) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01) a claim for payment or performance has been made under any such Standard Recourse Undertakings (which has not been satisfied or waived) at which time the obligations with respect to any such Standard Recourse Undertakings shall (solely for purposes of clause (4) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01) not be considered Non-Recourse Indebtedness to the extent, and only to the extent, that such claim is a liability (for GAAP purposes) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (excluding any such Subsidiary that is a Securitization Entity or that owns no significant assets (as determined in good faith by the Company) other than its interest in a Securitization Entity and, in each case, is a borrower, guarantor, pledgor or other obligor of such Indebtedness));

 

20

 

 

(2)                                 that is advanced to any Subsidiaries or group of Subsidiaries of the Company formed for the sole purpose of acquiring or holding Securitization Assets or other assets (directly or indirectly) against which a loan is obtained that is made without recourse to, and with no cross-collateralization against, any other assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (excluding any such Subsidiary that is a Securitization Entity or that owns no significant assets (as determined in good faith by the Company) other than its interest in a Securitization Entity and, in each case, is a borrower, guarantor, pledgor or other obligor of such Indebtedness) (other than recourse pursuant to Standard Recourse Undertakings, unless, until and for so long as (but solely for purposes of clause (4) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01) a claim for payment or performance has been made under any such Standard Recourse Undertakings (which has not been satisfied or waived) at which time the obligations with respect to any such Standard Recourse Undertakings shall (solely for purposes of clause (4) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01) not be considered Non-Recourse Indebtedness to the extent, and only to the extent, that such claim is a liability (for GAAP purposes) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (excluding any such Subsidiary that is a Securitization Entity or that owns no significant assets (as determined in good faith by the Company) other than its interest in a Securitization Entity and, in each case, is a borrower, guarantor, pledgor or other obligor of such Indebtedness));

 

(3)                                 that is advanced to finance the acquisition of real property and secured by only the real property (and any accessions, improvements and fixtures thereto) to which such Indebtedness relates (or by a pledge of equity in the Securitization Entity owning such assets) without recourse to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (excluding any such Subsidiary that is a Securitization Entity or that owns no significant assets (as determined in good faith by the Company) other than its interest in a Securitization Entity and, in each case, is a borrower, guarantor, pledgor or other obligor of such Indebtedness) (other than recourse pursuant to Standard Recourse Undertakings, unless, until and for so long as (but solely for purposes of clause (4) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01) a claim for payment or performance has been made under any such Standard Recourse Undertakings (which has not been satisfied or waived) at which time the obligations with respect to any such Standard Recourse Undertakings shall (solely for purposes of clause (4) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01) not be considered Non-Recourse Indebtedness to the extent, and only to the extent, that such claim is a liability (for GAAP purposes) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (excluding any such Subsidiary that is a Securitization Entity or that owns no significant assets (as determined in good faith by the Company) other than its interest in a Securitization Entity and, in each case, is a borrower, guarantor, pledgor or other obligor of such Indebtedness));

 

(4)                                 in respect of which recourse for payment is contractually limited to specific assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries encumbered by a Lien securing such Indebtedness (other than recourse pursuant to Standard Recourse Undertakings, unless, until and for so long as (but solely for purposes of clause (4) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01) a claim for payment or performance has been made under any such Standard Recourse Undertakings (which has not been satisfied or waived) at which time the obligation with respect to any such Standard Recourse Undertakings shall (solely for purposes of clause (4) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01) not be considered Non-Recourse Indebtedness to the extent, and only to the extent, that such claim is a liability (for GAAP purposes) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (excluding any such Subsidiary that is a Securitization Entity or that owns no significant assets

 

21

 

(as determined in good faith by the Company) other than its interest in a Securitization Entity and, in each case, is a borrower, guarantor, pledgor or other obligor of such Indebtedness)); or

 

(5)                                 customary completion or budget guarantees provided to lenders in connection with any of the foregoing clauses (1) through (4) in the ordinary course of business.

 

For the purposes of clarity, it is understood and agreed that, solely for purposes of clause (4) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01, if the payment of any Indebtedness that would otherwise constitute Non-Recourse Indebtedness is guaranteed in part but not in whole by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company in such manner that the portion of such Indebtedness so guaranteed no longer constitutes Non-Recourse Indebtedness, then (solely for the purposes of clause (4) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01) the portion of the Indebtedness so guaranteed shall be deemed to constitute recourse Indebtedness and the remainder of such Indebtedness shall be deemed to constitute Non-Recourse Indebtedness.

 

“Notes” means the Company’s 5.000% Senior Notes due 2021 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes) issued under this Indenture, all of which shall be treated as a single class of securities for all purposes (including voting) under this Indenture, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Offering Memorandum” means the Company’s offering memorandum dated December 9, 2016 relating to the Notes, as the same may have been or may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, (1) the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Investment Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Accounting Officer, the Controller, any Vice President (whether or not the title “Vice President” is preceded or followed by any other title such as “Senior,” “Executive” or otherwise), any Managing Director, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary and any Assistant Secretary (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is a limited or general partnership or limited liability company that does not have officers, of any direct or indirect general partner or managing member, as the case may be, of such Person, and (2) any other individual designated as an “Officer” by the Board of Directors of such Person (or, if applicable, by the Board of Directors of any entity or general partner or managing member referred to in clause (1)(b)).

 

“Officers’ Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by two Officers of such Person.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel, which may be an employee of or counsel to the Company.  Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, any such opinion of legal counsel may rely, as to factual matters, on a certificate of an Officer (or similar official) of the Company, any Guarantor or any other Person and on certificates and statements of governmental bodies and officials and may include customary qualifications, limitations and exceptions.

 

“Organizational Documents” means, with respect to any entity, its charter and bylaws, its limited or general partnership agreement and certificate of limited or general

 

22

 

partnership, its limited liability company agreement, operating agreement or other similar agreement and its limited liability company certificate, its trust agreement, or any similar organizational documents of such entity, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Permitted Indebtedness” means, without duplication, each of the following:

 

(1)                                 (a) Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the aggregate principal amount thereof issued on the Issue Date and (b) the Company’s 3.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2017, the Company’s 4.55% Convertible Senior Notes due 2018 and the Company’s 4.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2019, in each case referred to in this clause (b) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the aggregate principal amount thereof outstanding on the Issue Date;

 

(2)                                 Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under the Existing Term Loan Agreement outstanding on the Issue Date;

 

(3)                                 (a) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement, the Existing Repurchase Agreements or the New Credit Agreement, in each case to the extent such Indebtedness is incurred or outstanding on the Issue Date and (b) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries incurred after the Issue Date under any Credit Facilities (in each of the foregoing cases including the issuance and creation of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and similar instruments thereunder) if, immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis under GAAP, outstanding under this clause (3) shall not exceed the Issue Date Committed Amount (Indebtedness of the type described in subclause (a) of this clause (3) that is outstanding on the Issue Date shall be deemed to have been incurred under this clause (3) on the Issue Date);

 

(4) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date, other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2) or (3) above that is incurred or outstanding on the Issue Date;

 

(5) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under Commodity Agreements, Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements incurred or entered into for hedging purposes and not for speculative purposes;

 

(6) Intercompany Indebtedness; provided, however, that:

 

(a)                                 if the Company is the obligor on Indebtedness owing to and held by a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes;

 

(b)                                 if a Guarantor is the obligor on Indebtedness owing to and held by a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes; and

 

23

 

(c)                                  (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or other event which results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, shall in each case referred to in clause (i) and (ii) immediately above be deemed to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Subsidiary not permitted by this clause (6).

 

(7) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten Business Days of incurrence;

 

(8) (x) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of banker’s acceptances, workers’ compensation claims, surety, performance, bid, customs, stay, appeal, tax or similar bonds, security deposits, performance or completion guarantees and payment obligations in connection with self-insurance or similar obligations provided or obtained by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in the ordinary course of business and (y) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries owed to (including in respect of letters of credit for the benefit of) any Person in connection with workers’ compensation, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations, taxes or contributions for social security, wages or unemployment, health, disability or other employee benefits, or property, casualty or liability insurance provided to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations of such Person, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(9) Refinancing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(10) Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries if, immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis under GAAP, outstanding under this clause (10) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $300 million and (y) 3% of Total Assets at such time;

 

(11)                          Indebtedness of any Person (a) outstanding on the date of any acquisition of Investments or other securities or assets from such Person, including through the acquisition of a Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or is acquired by, or merged or consolidated with or into, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, or that is assumed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any such acquisition (other than Indebtedness incurred by such Person in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, merger or consolidation) or (b) incurred by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to acquire, or to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions in connection with or in contemplation of any acquisition of, any Investments or other securities or assets, including through the acquisition of a Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or is acquired by, or merged or consolidated with or into, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, provided, however, that immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (11) and, if

 

24

 

applicable, the repayment, repurchase, defeasance, redemption, Refinancing or other discharge of any other Indebtedness in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and the other pro forma adjustments, if applicable, set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” on a pro forma basis, either (i) the Company would have been able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.07(b) or (ii) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would have been greater than or equal to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction;

 

(12)                          Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries arising from agreements of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-outs or similar obligations, in each case incurred or assumed in connection with an investment in or the acquisition or disposition of any business, Investments or other securities or assets of the Company or any business, Investments, other securities or assets or Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, Investments, assets or Capital Stock for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

 

(13)                          Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in connection with (i) insurance premium financing arrangements, (ii) deferred compensation payable to directors, officers, members of management, employees or consultants of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or of any Manager or any Subsidiary of any Manager, (iii) contingent obligations arising under indemnity agreements to title insurance companies to cause such title insurers to issue title insurance policies in the ordinary course of business with respect to real property of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iv) unfunded pension fund and other employee benefit plan obligations and liabilities to the extent they are permitted to remain unfunded under applicable law and (v) obligations, contingent or otherwise, for the payment of money under any non-compete, consulting or similar arrangements entered into with the seller of a business or any other similar arrangements providing for the deferred payment of the purchase price for an Investment or other securities or assets or any other acquisition;

 

(14)                          Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries owed to banks and other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection with Cash Management Obligations and other ordinary banking arrangements to provide treasury services or to manage cash balances of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

(15) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to future, present or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Company or any Manager or any of their respective Subsidiaries or their respective assigns, estates, heirs, family members, spouses, former spouses, domestic partners or former domestic partners to finance the purchase, redemption or other acquisition, cancellation or retirement of Capital Stock, or options, warrants, equity appreciation rights or other rights to purchase or acquire Capital Stock or other equity-based awards, of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company;

 

25

 

(16) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds from such Indebtedness are, within 60 days after such Indebtedness is incurred:

 

(i)                                     used to purchase any or all of the Notes tendered in a Change of Control Offer made as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event;

 

(ii)                                  used to redeem any or all of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture; or

 

(iii)                               deposited to effect Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture;

 

(17) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, Indebtedness incurred under the Acquisition Credit Agreement, if entered into) to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds from such Indebtedness are used (a) to acquire, on or before January 31, 2017, medical office buildings pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of September 30, 2016 among the sellers named therein and SPT Ivey Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (as such agreement may have been or may be amended or supplemented from time to time), and (b) to acquire any rights or assets (tangible or intangible) relating to any such medical office buildings, to refinance, repay, repurchase, redeem, discharge or terminate any Indebtedness secured by or otherwise relating to any such medical office buildings, rights or assets or assumed in connection with or otherwise relating to the acquisition thereof, to pay tenant improvements, leasing commissions and other costs and expenses relating to any such medical office buildings, rights or assets, and to pay any fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any of the foregoing, if, immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis under GAAP, outstanding under this clause (17) shall not exceed $600 million (less the aggregate principal amount of any Indebtedness outstanding under this clause (17) that shall have been Refinanced pursuant to clause (9) of this definition); and

 

(18) guarantees of Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (including, without limitation, Guarantees, if any, of the Notes) by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Indebtedness was permitted (or not prohibited) to be incurred by Section 4.07(b) or any other provision of this definition of “Permitted Indebtedness.”

 

For purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.07 and 5.01, and for purposes of the foregoing provisions of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” and the definition of “Refinancing Indebtedness,” in the event that an item of Indebtedness (including Indebtedness incurred or outstanding on the Issue Date) or portion thereof meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through (18) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.07(b), the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify (and may later reclassify) such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with Section 4.07 (including, without limitation, paragraph (b) thereof) or with the foregoing provisions of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” (it being understood, for purposes of clarity, that the Company will be entitled to divide and classify, and

 

26

 

subsequently re-divide and reclassify, an item of Indebtedness into one or more of the categories of Indebtedness referred to in this sentence).  In determining compliance with the amount of Indebtedness permitted or which may be incurred under, or classified or reclassified to, clauses (3), (10) and (17) above, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under any such clause and, in the case of clause (10), the amount of Total Assets of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries shall be determined after giving effect to the incurrence of the applicable Indebtedness under, or the classification or reclassification of the applicable Indebtedness to, such clause, as the case may be, and, if applicable, the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom (including, without limitation, to repay other Indebtedness and, in the case of clause (10), to acquire Investments, Persons, or other securities or assets), and the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company and its Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to such clause (10) shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of a subsequent decline in the amount of Total Assets of the Company.  Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount, payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with substantially the same terms, and the accrual, accumulation or payment of dividends on Disqualified Capital Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class or series of Disqualified Capital Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock for purposes of Section 4.07 or Section 5.01 or the foregoing provisions of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness.”

 

“Person” means an individual, limited or general partnership, limited liability company, corporation, unincorporated organization, trust or joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

“Preferred Stock” of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights over any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up.

 

“Qualified Equity Offering” means any private or public issuance or sale by the Company of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) for cash.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Qualified Equity Offering” shall not include:

 

(1)                                 any issuance and sale registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;

 

(2)                                 any issuance and sale to any of the Company’s Subsidiaries or to any employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their respective employees; or

 

(3)                                 any issuance of Capital Stock in connection with a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control.

 

“Rating Agencies” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P; and (2) if either Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside of the Company’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act, selected by the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, or either of them, as the case may be.

 

27

 

“Rating Decline Period” means the 60-day period (which 60-day period shall be extended as long as the credit rating on the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for a possible downgrade by either of the Rating Agencies) after the earliest of (a) the occurrence of a Change of Control, (b) the first public notice of the occurrence of such Change of Control and (c) the first public notice of the Company’s intention to effect such Change of Control.

 

“Rating Event” means, with respect to any Change of Control, (a) the credit rating on the Notes is lowered by one or more gradations (including gradations within ratings categories as well as between categories but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, changes in ratings outlook) by both of the Rating Agencies during the Rating Decline Period relating to such Change of Control and each such Rating Agency shall have put forth a public statement to the effect that such downgrade is attributable in whole or in part to such Change of Control and (b) immediately after giving effect to the reduction in the credit rating on the Notes by both Rating Agencies as described in clause (a), the Notes do not have an Investment Grade Rating from either Rating Agency.

 

“Record Date” means June 1 and December 1 of each year.

 

“Redemption Date” means a date fixed for redemption of Notes as provided pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.

 

“Refinance” means, in respect of any security or Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, replace or refund (including pursuant to any defeasance, covenant defeasance or satisfaction, discharge or similar mechanism), or to issue a security or incur new Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for such security or Indebtedness in whole or in part.  “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

 

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that Refinances any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company incurred or outstanding in accordance with, or not in violation of, Section 4.07 (other than Indebtedness outstanding under clauses (2), (3), (5) through (8), (10), (12) through (15) and (18) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”), including without limitation Indebtedness that Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that:

 

(1)                                 such Refinancing Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount (or if incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or, if incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) of the Indebtedness being Refinanced plus, without duplication, any additional Indebtedness incurred to pay interest or dividends thereon and the amount of any premium (including tender premium), defeasance costs and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with such Refinancing;

 

(2)                                 such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced at such time; and

 

28

 

(3) (a) if the final stated maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced is earlier than the final stated maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a final stated maturity no earlier than the final stated maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced or (b) if the final stated maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced is later than the final stated maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a final stated maturity at least 91 days later than the final stated maturity of the Notes;

 

provided that if such Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinate to the Notes in right of payment pursuant to the terms of any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness being Refinanced or under which such Indebtedness shall have been incurred, then such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinate to the Notes at least to the same extent as provided in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being Refinanced.  For purposes of clarity, it is understood and agreed that (x) whether any particular item of Indebtedness is outstanding under any of the foregoing clauses of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness shall be determined after giving effect to any classification or reclassification of Indebtedness by the Company pursuant to the paragraph immediately following the definition of Permitted Indebtedness and (y) if the terms of any Indebtedness being Refinanced provide that the final stated maturity thereof may be extended, whether at the option of the borrower or otherwise, the final stated maturity of such Indebtedness shall be determined, for purposes of this definition, without giving effect to any such extension unless such extension is in effect at the time of such Refinancing.

 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated December 16, 2016, among the Company and the Initial Purchasers and any subsequent registration rights agreements among the Company and the other parties thereto relating to any Notes, in each case as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Repurchase Agreement” means an agreement between the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries, as seller (in any such case, the “Repo Seller”), and one or more banks, other financial institutions and/or other investors, lenders or other Persons, as buyer (in any such case, the “Repo Buyer”), and any other parties thereto, under which the Company and/or such Subsidiary or Subsidiaries, as the case may be, are permitted to finance the origination or acquisition of loans, Investments, Capital Stock, other securities, servicing rights and/or any other tangible or intangible property or assets and interests in any of the foregoing (collectively, “Applicable Assets”) by means of repurchase transactions pursuant to which the Repo Seller sells, on one or more occasions, Applicable Assets to the Repo Buyer with an obligation of the Repo Seller to repurchase such Applicable Assets on a date or dates and at a price or prices specified in or pursuant to such agreement, and which may also provide for payment by the Repo Seller of interest, fees, expenses, indemnification payments and other amounts, and any other similar agreement, instrument or arrangement, together with any and all existing and future documents related thereto (including, without limitation, any promissory notes, security agreements, intercreditor agreements, mortgages, other collateral documents and guarantees), in each case as the same may have been or may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, extended, refunded, refinanced, restructured or replaced in any manner (whether before, upon or after termination or otherwise) in whole or in part from time to time (including successive amendments, restatements, amendments and restatements,

 

29

 

supplements, modifications, renewals, extensions, refundings, refinancings, restructurings or replacements of any of the foregoing), and whether or not with the original or other sellers, buyers, guarantors, agents, lenders, banks, financial institutions, investors or other parties.

 

“Repurchase Agreement Assets” means any Applicable Assets that are or may be sold by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to a Repurchase Agreement.

 

“Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and shall also mean any officer who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

“S&P” means S&P Global Ratings, a division of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC or any successor to the credit ratings business thereof.

 

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries secured by a Lien upon the property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.  For purposes of clarity, it is understood and agreed that Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under a Repurchase Agreement constitutes Secured Indebtedness.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Securitization” means a public or private transfer, sale or financing of servicing advances, mortgage loans, installment contracts, other loans, accounts receivable, real estate assets, mortgage receivables and any other assets capable of being securitized (collectively, “Securitization Assets”) by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly securitizes a pool of specified Securitization Assets or incurs Non-Recourse Indebtedness secured by specified Securitization Assets, including any such transaction involving the sale of specified servicing advances or mortgage loans to a Securitization Entity.

 

“Securitization Asset” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Securitization.”

 

“Securitization Entity” means (i) any Person established for the purpose of issuing asset-backed or mortgage-backed or mortgage pass-through securities of any kind (including collateralized mortgage obligations and net interest margin securities) or other similar securities; (ii) any special purpose Subsidiary established for the purpose of selling, depositing or contributing Securitization Assets into a Person described in clause (i) or for the purpose of holding Capital Stock of, or securities issued by, any related Securitization Entity, regardless of whether such Person is an issuer of securities; provided that such Person is not an obligor with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor; (iii) any Person established for the purpose of holding Securitization Assets and issuing Non-Recourse Indebtedness secured by such Securitization Assets; (iv) any special purpose Subsidiary of the Company formed exclusively for the purpose of satisfying the requirements of Credit Enhancement Agreements

 

30

 

 

(including without limitation, any Subsidiary that is established for the purpose of owning another Securitization Entity and pledging the equity of that other Securitization Entity as security for the Indebtedness of such other Securitization Entity) and regardless of whether such Subsidiary is an issuer of securities, provided that such Person is not an obligor with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor other than under Credit Enhancement Agreements; and (v) any other Subsidiary which is established for the purpose of (x) acting as sponsor for and organizing and initiating Securitizations or (y) facilitating or entering into a Securitization, in each case that engages in activities reasonably related or incidental thereto and that is not an obligor or guarantor with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company.  Whether or not a Person is a Securitization Entity shall be determined in good faith by the Company.

 

“Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Securitization to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including, without limitation, as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

 

“Senior Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Investment Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Accounting Officer or any Executive Vice President (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is a limited or general partnership or limited liability company that does not have officers, of any direct or indirect general partner or managing member of such Person.

 

“Significant Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that is a “significant subsidiary” of such Person within the meaning of Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (as such Rule is in effect on the Issue Date), with the calculation of whether such Subsidiary is a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of such Rule to be made in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Standard Recourse Undertakings” means, with respect to any Securitization or Indebtedness, (a) such representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities which are customarily (as determined by the Company) made by sellers of financial assets or other Securitization Assets, including without limitation, Securitization Repurchase Obligations, and (b) such customary (as determined by the Company) carve-out matters for which the Company or its Subsidiaries acts as guarantor in connection with any such Securitization or Indebtedness, such as fraud, misappropriation and misapplication of funds, misrepresentation, criminal acts, repurchase obligations for breach of representations or warranties, environmental indemnities, Insolvency Events and non-approved transfers.

 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person and at any time, any other Person if (a) more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all of such other Person’s outstanding Voting Stock is at the time owned, directly or indirectly, by such referent Person and/or one or more other Subsidiaries of such referent Person or (b) the management and policies of such other Person are otherwise controlled (as determined in good faith by such referent Person), directly or indirectly, by such referent Person and/or one or more other Subsidiary of such referent Person.  For purposes of clarity, it is understood and agreed that, anything in this

 

31

 

Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, variable interest entities (within the meaning of GAAP) shall not be deemed to be Subsidiaries of any Person.

 

“TIA” or “Trust Indenture Act” mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in effect on the Issue Date, except as provided in Section 9.03; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after the Issue Date, “TIA” and “Trust Indenture Act” mean, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

 

“Total Assets” means the total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Total Unencumbered Assets” as of any date means the sum of:

 

(1)                                 those Undepreciated Real Estate Assets not securing any portion of Secured Indebtedness; and

 

(2)                                 all other assets (but excluding goodwill) of the Company and its Subsidiaries not securing any portion of Secured Indebtedness,

 

determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Transactions” means the issuance of the Notes on the Issue Date, the application of proceeds from the issuance of Notes to repay borrowings outstanding under the Existing Term Loan Agreement and for other general corporate purposes (which may include, but are not limited to, the payment of liabilities and other working capital needs), the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries entering into the New Credit Agreement and the Acquisition Credit Agreement (if entered into), the incurrence or payment of all costs and expenses in connection with entering into, terminating or settling obligations under Interest Rate Agreements relating to any of the foregoing, the registration of any Notes under the Securities Act (including, without limitation, the Notes issued on the Issue Date, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes), any exchange offer and any issuance of Exchange Notes as contemplated by any Registration Rights Agreement and the other matters related thereto, and the incurrence or payment of all fees and expenses relating to the foregoing.

 

“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean such successor Trustee.

 

“Undepreciated Real Estate Assets” means, as of any date, the cost (being the original cost to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries plus capital improvements) of real estate assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on such date, before depreciation and amortization of such real estate assets, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that, anything in the foregoing sentence to the contrary notwithstanding, the cost of real estate assets shall include any portion of such cost that may be allocated to intangible assets under GAAP.

 

32

 

“United States” or “U.S.” means the United States of America.

 

“Unsecured Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is not Secured Indebtedness, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depositary receipt.

 

“U.S. Legal Tender” means such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

 

“Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, all classes and series of Capital Stock of such Person the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote in the election of the directors, managers or trustees (or other persons performing similar functions), as the case may be, of such Person.

 

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock as of any date of determination, the number of years obtained by dividing: (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or scheduled redemption or similar scheduled payment with respect to such Disqualified Capital Stock, including payment at final maturity, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) from the date of determination to the date of such payment by (2) the sum of all such payments.

 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person of which all the outstanding Voting Stock of such Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares and other than an immaterial amount of Voting Stock required to be owned by other Persons pursuant to applicable law or regulation) is owned by such Person and/or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

In this Indenture, references to a “revolving credit facility” and similar references shall be deemed to include, without limitation, any Repurchase Agreement which provides for successive sales and repurchases of securities or other assets or is otherwise intended to provide financing on a revolving basis, and references to “revolving credit Indebtedness” and similar

 

33

 

references shall be deemed to include, without limitation, Indebtedness under any such Repurchase Agreement, in each case unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.  The Company shall determine in good faith whether or not a Repurchase Agreement constitutes a revolving credit facility.

 

In this Indenture (a) references to sections of, or rules or regulations under, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the TIA shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections, rules or regulations, as the case may be, promulgated by the SEC from time to time and (b) references to accounting standards, codifications or pronouncements shall be deemed to include any substitute, replacement or successor accounting standards, codifications or pronouncements promulgated by the FASB or any other recognized accounting authority in the United States of America, except, in each case, as otherwise set forth in the definitions of GAAP, Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and Significant Subsidiary or any other provision of this Indenture which expressly provides that a law, rule or regulation, or any accounting standard, codification or pronouncement, shall be the law, rule, regulation, standard, codification or pronouncement, as applicable, as in effect on the Issue Date and except as the context otherwise requires.

 

SECTION 1.02.  Other Definitions.(1)

 

	
Term
    	
 
    	
Defined in Section
    
	
“Acceleration”
    	
 
    	
6.01
    
	
“ACH”
    	
 
    	
1.01 (“Cash Management   Obligations”)
    
	
“Applicable Assets”
    	
 
    	
1.01 (“Repurchase   Agreement”)
    
	
“Applicable Tax Law”
    	
 
    	
11.17
    
	
“ASC”
    	
 
    	
1.01 (“GAAP”)
    
	
“Certificated Note”
    	
 
    	
Appendix A
    
	
“Change of Control Offer”
    	
 
    	
4.06
    
	
“Change of Control Payment Date”
    	
 
    	
4.06
    
	
“Change of Control Purchase Price”
    	
 
    	
4.06
    
	
“Covenant Defeasance”
    	
 
    	
8.02
    
	
“delayed Redemption Date”
    	
 
    	
3.05
    
	
“Events of Default”
    	
 
    	
6.01
    
	
“Financial Reports”
    	
 
    	
4.09
    
	
“Global Note Legend”
    	
 
    	
Appendix A
    
	
“Initial Notes”
    	
 
    	
2.03
    
	
“Legal Defeasance”
    	
 
    	
8.02
    

 

(1)  To be revised as necessary

 

34

 

	
“Note Custodian”
    	
 
    	
Appendix A
    
	
“Participant”
    	
 
    	
2.15
    
	
“Paying Agent”
    	
 
    	
2.04
    
	
“Payment Default”
    	
 
    	
6.01
    
	
“Registrar”
    	
 
    	
2.04
    
	
“Repo Buyer”
    	
 
    	
1.01 (“Repurchase   Agreement”)
    
	
“Repo Seller”
    	
 
    	
1.01 (“Repurchase   Agreement”)
    
	
“Reversion Date”
    	
 
    	
4.05
    
	
“Securitization Assets”
    	
 
    	
1.01 (“Securitization”)
    
	
“Shelf Registration Statement”
    	
 
    	
Appendix A
    
	
“Surviving Entity”
    	
 
    	
5.01
    
	
“Suspended Covenants”
    	
 
    	
4.05
    
	
“Suspension Period”
    	
 
    	
4.05
    

 

SECTION 1.03.  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

 

This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA, which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.  The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

 

“Commission” means the SEC.

 

“indenture securities” means the Notes.

 

“indenture security holder” means a Holder.

 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

 

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company and any other obligor on the Notes.

 

All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA or defined by TIA reference to another statute have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

 

SECTION 1.04.  Rules of Construction.

 

Unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires:

 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

35

 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3) “or” is not exclusive;

 

(4) the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”;

 

(5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

 

(6) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

 

(7) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

(8) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section, Appendix, Exhibit, clause or other subdivision;

 

(9) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness; and

 

(10) “$” and “U.S. dollars” each refer to U.S. Legal Tender.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

THE NOTES

 

SECTION 2.01.  Amount of Notes Unlimited.

 

The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited and the Company may issue an unlimited principal amount of Additional Notes under this Indenture having identical terms as the Notes initially issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date (other than issue date, and, if applicable, issue price, the first Interest Payment Date and the date from which interest will accrue, and except that any such Additional Notes may, but need not, be subject to or include transfer restrictions, provide for or be entitled to the payment of Additional Interest or be entitled to rights under a Registration Rights Agreement); provided that if any Additional Notes are not fungible with the Notes initially issued on the Issue Date for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional Notes will have separate CUSIP and ISIN numbers from the Notes initially issued on the Issue Date.  The Company may issue Additional Notes in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, including the provisions of Section 4.07.  The Notes initially issued on the Issue Date, any Additional Notes subsequently issued under this Indenture and any Exchange Notes that may be issued will be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture.

 

36

 

SECTION 2.02.  Form and Dating; Denominations.

 

The Notes (including Global Notes) and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication thereon shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture.  The Notes shall bear such legends as may be required by Appendix A hereto (which is incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture) and may have such other notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or usage.  The Company shall approve the forms of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them.  Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

Unless otherwise provided in an Officers’ Certificate, Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes in registered form without coupons, which shall be deposited with the Note Custodian, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided, and shall bear the applicable legends required by Appendix A.  The aggregate principal amount of a Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Registrar and the Note Custodian, and on the “Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note” attached to such Global Note.

 

Notes may be issued in the form of Certificated Notes in registered form without coupons and that do not bear a Global Note Legend, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided, in exchange for interests in Global Notes only in the circumstances and manner set forth in Section 2.15 and in compliance with the provisions, if applicable, of Appendix A.

 

SECTION 2.03.  Execution and Authentication.

 

An Officer shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual, facsimile or electronic image scan (e.g., pdf) signature.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note was an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

 

The Trustee shall authenticate Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in the aggregate principal amount of $700,000,000 (the “Initial Notes”) upon receipt by the Trustee of a written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate.  In addition, the Trustee shall from time to time thereafter authenticate Additional Notes in unlimited amount (so long as not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.07) for original issue and the Trustee shall from time to time authenticate Exchange Notes in exchange for an equal aggregate principal amount of outstanding Initial Notes and/or Additional Notes, as the case may be, in any exchange offer pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, in each case upon receipt by the Trustee of a written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate.

 

37

 

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Notes executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, and the Trustee in accordance with such written order of the Company shall authenticate and deliver such Notes.

 

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note.  The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes.  Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such authenticating agent.  An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company and Affiliates of the Company.

 

SECTION 2.04.  Registrar and Paying Agent.

 

The Company shall maintain an office or agency in New York, New York where (a) Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”), (b) Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment (the “Paying Agent”) and (c) notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The Company may also from time to time designate (without notice to Holders) one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and where such notices and demands may be served and may from time to time rescind or change such designations; provided, however, that no such designation, rescission or change shall relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in New York, New York for such purposes.  The Company may change or remove any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to any Holder so long as there is a Paying Agent and Registrar in New York, New York.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation, rescission, removal or change referred to in the two immediately preceding sentences.  The Company or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries may act as Registrar, co-Registrar or Paying Agent.  The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange.  The Company, upon notice to the Trustee but without notice to Holders, may appoint one or more co-Registrars and one or more additional paying agents reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and may rescind the appointment of and change any such co-Registrars or additional paying agents.  The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.

 

The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent.  The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent.  If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.

 

The Company hereby appoints the Trustee, acting through its Corporate Trust Office in New York, New York, as initial Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes.

 

38

 

SECTION 2.05.  Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust.

 

On or prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each due date of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and interest so becoming due.  The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment.  If the Company or a Domestic Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund.  The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent.  Upon complying with this Section 2.05, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.

 

SECTION 2.06.  Holder Lists.

 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders.  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders.

 

SECTION 2.07.  Transfer and Exchange.

 

Subject to Section 2.15 and, if applicable, the provisions of Appendix A, when Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a request to register the transfer of such Notes or to exchange such Notes for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar or co-Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its requirements and any applicable requirements under Appendix A for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar or co-Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing.  The Company, the Registrar, any co-Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish such endorsements and transfer documents as any of them may reasonably request in connection with the registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, in addition to any documents that otherwise are required or may be required as provided in this Indenture (including Exhibit A hereto).  A Note may not be transferred or exchanged unless such Note shall have been surrendered at an office or agency maintained by the Company for such purpose.  To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Notes at the Registrar’s or co-Registrar’s request.  No service charge shall be imposed by the Company, the Trustee or any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-Registrar for any registration of transfer or exchange (other than pursuant to Section 2.08), but the Company, the Registrar or any co-Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

39

 

All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of other Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, prior to the due presentment of any Note for registration of transfer or exchange, the Company, the Trustee and any Agent may deem and treat the Person in whose name such Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal, premium, if any, and (subject to the Record Date provisions of the Notes) interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Company, the Trustee or any Agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

The Registrar or any co-Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note (i) during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the mailing (or, if not mailed, other transmittal) of a notice of redemption of Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing (or other transmittal), (ii) selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article 3, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (iii) tendered for repurchase pursuant to a Change of Control Offer and not validly withdrawn.

 

Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Notes may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the Depositary for such Global Note (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Note shall be required to be reflected in a book-entry system.

 

SECTION 2.08.  Replacement Notes.

 

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or stolen, and if the Company and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the ownership and loss, destruction or theft of such Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met and subject to satisfaction of any additional requirements, if applicable, as may be set forth in Appendix A hereto.  Such Holder must provide an indemnity bond or other indemnity, sufficient in the judgment of both the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee and any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.  The Company may charge such Holder for the reasonable expenses of the Company, the Trustee and any Agent in replacing a Note pursuant to this Section 2.08, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Company, the Trustee or any Agent, as well as any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company.

 

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the provisions of this Section 2.08 shall be exclusive and shall preclude all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

 

40

 

SECTION 2.09.  Outstanding Notes.

 

Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions and increases in the interests in Global Notes effected by the Trustee, the Registrar or the Note Custodian in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section as not outstanding.  A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or any of its Affiliates holds the Note (subject to the provisions of Section 2.10).

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser, as such term is defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York.  A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08.  If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest ceases to accrue.  If on any Redemption Date, maturity date, Change of Control Payment Date or any other date on which a payment of principal of a Note is due, the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate thereof) holds U.S. Legal Tender in an amount sufficient to pay all of the principal, premium, if any, and interest due on such Note payable on that date, then on and after that date such Note ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

 

SECTION 2.10.  Treasury Notes.

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates shall be disregarded, except that, for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in conclusively relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded.

 

SECTION 2.11.  Temporary Notes.

 

Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes.  Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes.  Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.  Until such exchange, Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as Holders of definitive Notes.  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Notes may be in typewritten form.

 

SECTION 2.12.  Cancellation.

 

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.  The Registrar, any co-Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee, at the written direction of the Company, and no one else, shall cancel and dispose of all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation in accordance with its customary

 

41

 

procedures and deliver a certificate of such disposal to the Company upon its written request therefor unless the Company directs the Trustee to deliver canceled Notes to the Company.  The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.  If the Company or any Affiliate shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.12.

 

SECTION 2.13.  Defaulted Interest.

 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Company shall pay the defaulted interest, plus, to the extent lawful, any interest payable on the defaulted interest at the rate provided in the last paragraph of Section 4.01, in any lawful manner.  The Company may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date.  The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and the related payment date and shall promptly mail or cause the Trustee (at the request and expense of the Company) to mail (or, in the case of Global Notes, otherwise transmit in accordance with the Depositary’s applicable procedures) to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee (if mailed or transmitted by the Company), a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.

 

SECTION 2.14.  CUSIP and ISIN Numbers.

 

The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers, and if so, the Trustee shall use the CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption, repurchase, Change of Control Offers or exchanges and on checks or advice of payment as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Trustee shall have any responsibility for any defect in the CUSIP or ISIN numbers that appear on any Note or any such notice, check or advice of payment, and any such notice or advice of payment may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such CUSIP or ISIN numbers and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and no such redemption, repurchase, Change of Control Offer, exchange, advice or payment shall be affected by any defect in or omission of any such numbers.

 

SECTION 2.15.  Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.

 

(a)           Unless otherwise specified in an Officers’ Certificate or as provided in 2.15(b) below, the Global Notes shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of such Depositary, (ii) be delivered to the Note Custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear such legends as may be required by Appendix A hereto.

 

Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Participants”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or the Note Custodian, or under the Global Notes, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any Agent as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by

 

42

 

the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Participants, the operation of Depositary’s customary procedures governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder or beneficial owner of any Note.

 

(b)           Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees.  Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be exchanged for Certificated Notes only as follows and subject, if applicable, to the further requirements set forth in this Indenture, including Appendix A hereto.  Certificated Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in Global Notes if (1) the Depositary notifies the Company that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes or ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act (if such registration is required by applicable law) and the Company does not appoint a successor Depositary for the Notes within 90 days after the Company receives such notification or becomes aware that the Depositary has ceased to be so registered, as the case may be, (2) the Company, at its option and subject to the Depositary’s procedures, notifies the Trustee in writing that the Company elects to cause the issuance of Certificated Notes or (3) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default.  The Trustee and the Registrar shall have no obligation to effect an exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes pursuant to clause (3) of the immediately preceding sentence until receipt of a written request from the Company.  In all cases, Certificated Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any authorized denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures) and, if applicable, will bear the applicable restrictive legends referred to in Appendix A hereto unless the Company determines otherwise or such legend shall have been removed as provided in Appendix A hereto, and in any event subject, if applicable, to the requirements set forth in Appendix A hereto.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

REDEMPTION

 

SECTION 3.01.  Notices to Trustee.

 

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 5 of the Notes, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and whether the redemption is being made pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of Section 5 of the Notes.

 

The Company shall give each notice to the Trustee provided for in this Section 3.01 at least five days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed (or otherwise transmitted) to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee in writing); provided that such notice may be revoked by the Company by written notice to the Trustee at any time prior to the time on the date specified by the Company for the Trustee to forward notice of such redemption to Holders as provided in Section 3.03 or,  if the Company does not request the Trustee to forward notice of such redemption to Holders, at any time prior to the Company’s giving of the notice of such redemption to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03.

 

43

 

SECTION 3.02.  Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed.

 

If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee pro rata or by lot; provided that, in the case of Notes represented by one or more Global Notes, interests in the Global Notes will be selected for redemption by the Depositary in accordance with its applicable procedures therefor.  Notes shall be redeemed in a minimum principal amount of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided that the remaining principal amount of any Note redeemed in part shall be $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.  Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.  The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed.

 

SECTION 3.03.  Notice of Redemption.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.05, notice of any redemption of the Notes will be mailed by the Company by first-class mail, postage prepaid, or, if the Notes are represented by one or more Global Notes and if the Depositary’s applicable procedures so provide, transmitted in accordance with the Depositary’s applicable procedures therefor, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the applicable Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address (or at such other address or in such other manner as may be provided by the Depositary’s applicable procedures).  Each notice for redemption shall identify the Notes (including the CUSIP number) to be redeemed and include statements to substantially the following effect (with such changes therein or additions thereto as the Company in its sole discretion may deem appropriate):

 

(1) the Redemption Date;

 

(2) the redemption price (or, if not then ascertainable at the time, a general statement regarding how the redemption price will be calculated) and that accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed shall be paid to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on any Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to such Redemption Date);

 

(3) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(4) that the Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price plus accrued interest, if any;

 

(5) if less than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed and stating that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of that Note, the Holder will receive, without charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations for the principal amount of the Note remaining unredeemed (or, in the case of Global Notes, appropriate adjustments of the principal amount of a Global Note will be made, as applicable);

 

(6) that, on and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited

 

44

 

with a Paying Agent, on or before the applicable Redemption Date, funds in an amount sufficient to pay the redemption price of the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on such Redemption Date and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, such Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on any Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to such Redemption Date), and the only remaining right of the Holders of the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption will be to receive payment of the redemption price and such accrued and unpaid interest, if any, upon surrender of the Notes to be redeemed to the Paying Agent; and

 

(7) any conditions to such redemption as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, and, if such redemption is subject to conditions,  the Company may at its option also include a statement to the effect that the Redemption Date may be delayed, on one or more occasions and in the Company’s sole discretion, either (at the Company’s option) to a date specified by the Company in such notice or a subsequent notice to Holders (subject, if the Company shall so elect, to the satisfaction of any or all such conditions or the Company’s written waiver of any such conditions that are not satisfied) or until such time as any or all such conditions have been satisfied or waived by the Company in writing, and that, if any such condition shall not have been satisfied as and when required (as determined by the Company in its sole discretion and taking into account any election by the Company to delay such Redemption Date), then (unless the Company shall have waived in writing any such conditions that are not satisfied), the Company shall have no obligation to redeem the Notes called for redemption on such Redemption Date (as the same may have been delayed by the Company as aforesaid) and may cancel such proposed redemption and rescind such notice of redemption, or any other statement that the Company in its sole discretion may deem necessary or advisable concerning matters described in Section 3.05 or to implement any provision of Section 3.05.

 

At the Company’s written request (which shall specify the date and, at the option of the Company, the time at which the notice of redemption shall be given), the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense unless the Company shall have revoked such notice of redemption as provided in Section 3.01.  In such event, the Company shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section 3.03 at least five days prior to the Trustee giving the notice of redemption, unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period.

 

The notice, if mailed (or otherwise transmitted) in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice.  In any case, failure to give such notice by mail (or to transmit such notice in accordance with the Depositary’s applicable procedures) or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note.

 

45

 

SECTION 3.04.  Effect of Notice of Redemption.

 

Once notice of redemption is mailed (or otherwise transmitted) in accordance with Section 3.03 and all conditions (if any) to such redemption are satisfied as and when required (as determined by the Company in its sole discretion and taking into account any election by the Company to delay the applicable Redemption Date as provided in Section 3.05) or the Company waives in writing any such conditions that are not satisfied, (i) Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date (or, if the Company has delayed such Redemption Date, the applicable delayed Redemption Date (as defined in Section 3.05), as the case may be) and at the applicable redemption price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date (or delayed Redemption Date, as applicable) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on any Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to such Redemption Date), (ii) upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes or portions thereof called for redemption shall be paid at the redemption price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date (or, if the Company has delayed such Redemption Date, to, but excluding, the applicable delayed Redemption Date, as the case may be), except that the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to such Redemption Date (or delayed Redemption Date, as the case may be) shall be paid to the Persons who were the Holders of record at the close of business on the applicable Record Date, and (iii) on and after the applicable Redemption Date (or, if the Company has delayed such Redemption Date, the applicable delayed Redemption Date, as the case may be) interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

SECTION 3.05.  Conditions to Redemption.

 

(a) Any redemption of the Notes may, at the Company’s sole discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, which shall be described in the related notice of redemption to Holders of Notes, which conditions may include, without limitation, completion of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings, other securities offerings or other financings, transactions or events.  If such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice to Holders of Notes may (at the option of the Company) include a statement to the effect that the Redemption Date may be delayed, on one or more occasions and in the Company’s sole discretion, either (at the Company’s option) to a date specified by the Company in such notice or in a subsequent notice to such Holders (subject, if the Company shall so elect, to satisfaction of any or all such conditions or the Company’s written waiver of any such conditions that are not satisfied) or until such time as any or all of such conditions have been satisfied or waived by the Company in writing, and that, if any such conditions shall not have been satisfied as and when required (as determined by the Company in its sole discretion and taking into account any election by the Company to delay such Redemption Date), then (unless the Company shall have waived in writing any such conditions that are not satisfied), the Company shall have no obligation to redeem the Notes called for redemption on such Redemption Date (as the same may have been delayed by the Company as aforesaid) and may cancel such proposed redemption and rescind any notice of such redemption. In order to delay any Redemption Date (or to further delay any delayed Redemption Date (as defined below)), the Company shall provide written notice to the Trustee at least two Business Days before such Redemption Date (or such delayed Redemption Date, as the case may be), to the effect that the Company has elected to delay such Redemption Date (or such delayed Redemption Date, as the case may be) and specifying the new Redemption Date (a “delayed Redemption Date”) (which

 

46

 

may, at the Company’s option, be specified as the date on which any or all conditions to such redemption are satisfied (as determined by the Company in its sole discretion) or waived by the Company), and the Trustee shall provide such notice to each Holder of the Notes that were to be redeemed in the same manner in which the notice of redemption was given.  The Company may delay any Redemption Date on one or more occasions.

 

(b)  If all conditions precedent (if any) to any redemption of the Notes shall not have been satisfied as and when required (as determined by the Company in its sole discretion and taking into account any election by the Company to delay such Redemption Date) or waived by the Company in writing and the Company has not elected to delay (or further delay) the applicable Redemption Date (or the applicable delayed Redemption Date, as the case may be), the Company shall provide written notice to the effect that the Company has elected to cancel such redemption to the Trustee prior to close of business two Business Days prior to such Redemption Date (or such delayed Redemption Date, as the case may be).  Upon the Trustee’s receipt of such notice, the notice of such redemption shall be automatically rescinded and such redemption shall be automatically cancelled and the Company shall have no obligation to redeem the Notes called for redemption.  Promptly after receipt of such notice, the Trustee shall provide such notice to each Holder of the Notes that were to have been redeemed in the same manner in which the notice of redemption was given.

 

SECTION 3.06.  Deposit of Redemption Price.

 

Prior to or on the Redemption Date, subject to the satisfaction of any conditions specified in the applicable notice of redemption pursuant to Section 3.05, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Domestic Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest, if any (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to the Redemption Date (or delayed Redemption Date, as applicable)), on all Notes to be redeemed on the Redemption Date (or delayed Redemption Date, as applicable), other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

SECTION 3.07.  Notes Redeemed in Part.

 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (including by book-entry transfer) to the applicable Holder (at the Company’s expense) a new Note registered in the same name and bearing the same legends, if any, as the Notes surrendered for redemption, equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel will be required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver any such new Note).

 

47

 

ARTICLE 4

 

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 4.01.  Payment of Notes.

 

The Company shall pay the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture.  Principal, premium and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds money sufficient to pay the principal, premium and interest due on such date.  Interest (including, without limitation, Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.  The Trustee shall have no responsibility to monitor whether Additional Interest is due and payable or to calculate the amount of any Additional Interest which may become due and payable.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall pay Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner, at the same times and to the same Persons as interest otherwise payable on the Notes entitled to receive such Additional Interest.  Additional Interest, if any,  shall be payable under the circumstances and at the rate specified in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement, which Registration Rights Agreement may provide for the payment of Additional Interest on some, but not all, of the Notes.

 

The Company shall pay the principal of and premium, if any, on, and may pay interest on, any Certificated Notes at the office or agency maintained by the Company for such purpose in New York, New York as required by Section 4.02, upon surrender of such Certificated Notes by the Holders thereof at such office or agency.  Interest on any Certificated Notes may also be paid, at the Company’s option, by check mailed to the addresses of the Holders entitled thereto appearing in the registry books of the Registrar or by wire transfer to accounts in the United States of America specified by such Holders.

 

The Company will pay principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, Global Notes registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee in immediately available funds to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the Holder of such Global Note.

 

The Company will pay interest on overdue principal of, and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on overdue premium, if any, and overdue installments of interest on, the Notes at a per annum rate equal to the interest per annum otherwise borne by the Notes, to, but excluding, the date on which such overdue principal, premium or interest, as the case may be, is considered paid or provided for as provided in the first paragraph of this Section 4.01 or is otherwise paid or provided for.

 

SECTION 4.02.  Maintenance of Office or Agency.

 

The Company shall maintain in New York, New York the office or agency required under Section 2.04.  The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency in New York, New York (unless such office or agency is an office of the Trustee).  If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency in New York, New York or shall fail to furnish the

 

48

 

Trustee with the address thereof, the presentations, surrenders, notices and demands referred to in Section 2.04 may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 11.02.

 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind or change such designations, all as further provided in Section 2.04.

 

The Company hereby initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of The Bank of New York Mellon in New York, New York, which on the date hereof is located at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 7W, New York, New York 10286, as such office of the Company in accordance with this Section 4.02 and Section 2.04.

 

SECTION 4.03.  Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default.

 

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an Officers’ Certificate signed by the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company and one other Officer of the Company and also signed (to the extent required by the TIA) by two Officers of each Guarantor, if any, stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company and each Guarantor, if any, has complied with all conditions and covenants applicable to it under this Indenture and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to such Officers’ knowledge, the Company and each Guarantor, if any, during such preceding fiscal year has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each such covenant and condition and no Default or Event of Default occurred during such year and at the date of such certificate there is no Default or Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing or, if such signers do know of any such Default or Event of Default, the certificate shall describe such Default or Event of Default and the status thereof.

 

(b) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee promptly, and in any event within 30 days, after any Senior Officer of the Company obtains knowledge of a Default or Event of Default an Officers’ Certificate specifying the Default or Event of Default and describing its status and the action taken or proposed to be taken in respect thereof.

 

SECTION 4.04.  Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.

 

To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company and each Guarantor, if any, covenants that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other similar law that would prohibit or forgive the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, from paying all or any portion of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes or the Guarantee of any such Guarantor, as applicable, as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company and each Guarantor, if any, hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

49

 

SECTION 4.05.  Suspension of Covenants and Guarantees.

 

(a) Section 4.10 (other than the portions thereof relating to the release of any Guarantor from its Guarantee of the Notes), Section 4.07, Section 4.08, and clauses (2) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”) will automatically cease to apply to the Notes and will be of no force or effect on and after any date that (A) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from both Rating Agencies and (B) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Notes.

 

(b) If on any date thereafter the Notes do not have an Investment Grade Rating from both Rating Agencies, the Suspended Covenants will be automatically reinstated, effective as of such date (the “Reversion Date”) and will be applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until such date as (x) the Notes shall again have an Investment Grade Rating from both Rating Agencies and (y) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Notes (in which event the Suspended Covenants will automatically cease to apply, effective on and after such date, to the Notes until such time as the Notes do not have an Investment Grade Rating from both Rating Agencies); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or other breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist or to have occurred under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees, if any, of the Notes with respect to the Suspended Covenants or any Guarantees (which also shall be suspended as provided below) based on, and none of the Company, any of the Guarantors, if any, or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries shall, with respect to the Suspended Covenants or any Guarantees, bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring during any Suspension Period (as defined below) or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any agreement or instrument entered into or obligation arising or incurred during any Suspension Period, regardless of whether such actions, events, agreements, instruments or obligations would have been permitted if the Suspended Covenants and Guarantees, if any, remained in effect during the Suspension Period. The period of time from and including the date of suspension of the Suspended Covenants to but excluding the Reversion Date or, if there is no Reversion Date, through and including the final maturity date of the Notes is referred to as a “Suspension Period.” For purposes of clarity, it is understood that there may be one or more Suspension Periods and one or more Reversion Dates with respect to the Notes.

 

(c) On the Reversion Date with respect to the Notes and anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, all Indebtedness incurred during the applicable Suspension Period will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date so that it is classified under clause (4) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” subject to the right of the Company to classify and reclassify all such Indebtedness (or any portions thereof) as contemplated by the provisions described in the paragraph immediately following the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness.”

 

(d) All of the Guarantees, if any, of the Notes and all of the obligations of the Guarantors, if any, under such Guarantees and this Indenture will be automatically suspended and will be of no force or effect during any Suspension Period but will be automatically reinstated (except in the case of a Guarantor whose Guarantee of the Notes shall have been released and terminated pursuant to Section 10.05) on the applicable Reversion Date, if any.

 

50

 

(e) The Company shall deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee notifying the Trustee of the commencement of any Suspension Period or the occurrence of any Reversion Date promptly (but in no event later than ten Business Days) after such commencement or occurrence, as the case may be, and that the Trustee shall have no obligation to monitor or determine whether a Suspension Period or a Reversion Date has occurred or exists; provided that any failure by the Company to deliver any such Officers’ Certificate shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default.

 

SECTION 4.06.  Change of Control Triggering Event.

 

(a)  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, each Holder of Notes will have the right (unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the then outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 5 of the Notes by sending (or causing the Trustee to send) a notice of redemption) to require that the Company purchase all or a portion of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (a “Change of Control Offer”) at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the applicable Change of Control Payment Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on any Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date) (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”).

 

(b) Within 30 days following the date upon which the Change of Control Triggering Event shall have occurred, the Company must (unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes pursuant to Section 5 of the Notes by sending (or causing the Trustee to send) a notice of redemption) send, by first class mail, a notice to each Holder of Notes (or, in the case of Global Notes, send such notice in accordance with the applicable procedures, if any, of the Depositary), with a copy to the Trustee, which notice shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer.  Such notice shall state:

 

(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Indenture and that all Notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn will be accepted for payment;

 

(2) the Change of Control Purchase Price and the purchase date, which must be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (or otherwise transmitted), other than as may be required by law (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

 

(3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

 

(4) that any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Change of Control Payment Date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price of the Notes) and the only remaining right of the Holder will be to receive payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price upon surrender of the applicable Note to the Paying Agent;

 

(5) that Holders electing to have a portion of a Note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer may only elect to have such Note purchased in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided that the remaining principal amount of

 

51

 

any such Note surrendered for repurchase in part shall be $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

(6) that if a Holder elects to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer it will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of or attached to the Note duly completed, to the Person and at the address specified in the notice (or, in the case of Global Notes, to surrender the Notes and provide the information required by such form in accordance with the applicable procedures, if any, of the Depositary) prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(7) that a Holder will be entitled to withdraw its election if the Company receives, not later than the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Notes such Holder delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Notes purchased; and

 

(8) that if any Note is purchased only in part a new Note will be issued in principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.

 

(c) On or before the Change of Control Payment Date for the Notes, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

 

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes (in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; provided that if, following repurchase of a portion of a Note, the remaining principal amount thereof would be less than $2,000, then the portion of such Note so repurchased shall be reduced so that the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase is $2,000;

 

(2) deposit with a Paying Agent an amount equal to the payment due in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and not withdrawn;

 

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted for payment; and

 

(4) deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

(d) The Company, the depositary, if any, appointed by the Company for such Change of Control Offer or a Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver (or, in the case of Global Notes, deliver in accordance with the applicable procedures, if any, of the Depositary) to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the Change of Control Purchase Price of the Notes validly tendered by such Holder and not withdrawn and accepted by the Company for purchase.  Further, the Company shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (including by book-entry transfer) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased

 

52

 

portion of the Note accepted for payment (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel will be required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver any such new Note).  Any new Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered (including by book-entry transfer) by the Company or the Trustee to the Holder thereof.

 

(e) Interest on Notes (or portions thereof) validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue on and after the applicable Change of Control Payment Date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price of the Notes).

 

(f) If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date for the Notes, any accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to, but excluding, the Change of Control Payment Date will be paid to the Persons in whose names the applicable Notes are registered at the close of business on the applicable Record Date.

 

(g) The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer for the Notes upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture that are applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.  Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control or a Change of Control Triggering Event conditioned upon the occurrence of such a Change of Control or Change of Control Triggering Event, if a definitive agreement regarding such Change of Control is in effect at the time of making the Change of Control Offer.

 

(h) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer.  To the extent that any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture relating to a Change of Control Offer, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under such provisions of this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

(i) The provisions of this Indenture relating to the Company’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event (including the definitions relating thereto) and the terms of any such offer may, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9.02, be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

 

53

 

SECTION 4.07.  Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness.

 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for payment of (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Indebtedness) other than Permitted Indebtedness and other than as provided in paragraph (b) below.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Indebtedness) if, on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness and immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the repayment, repurchase, defeasance, redemption or other discharge of any other Indebtedness with the proceeds of the Indebtedness being so incurred or in connection with the transactions pursuant to which such Indebtedness is being incurred, on a pro forma basis:

 

(1) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company is greater than 1.5 to 1.0; and

 

(2) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence of incurring such Indebtedness.

 

SECTION 4.08.  Maintenance of Total Unencumbered Assets.

 

The Company will maintain Total Unencumbered Assets of not less than 120% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Unsecured Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

SECTION 4.09.  Reports to Holders.

 

(a)  Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC and so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will mail or otherwise transmit to the Holders of the outstanding Notes:

 

(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in Items 6, 7, 7A and 8 of Part II of a filing with the SEC on Form 10-K and Items 1, 2, and 3 of Part I of a filing with the SEC on Form 10-Q, as applicable, if the Company were required to file such forms pursuant to the Exchange Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the Company’s annual financial statements by the Company’s independent public accounting firm, in each case within 15 days after the last day of the applicable time period for filing with the SEC (plus any applicable extensions of such time period) specified in the relevant form or in the rules and regulations of the SEC or any other applicable laws, rules or regulations; and

 

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports pursuant to the Exchange Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, in each case within three Business Days after the last day of the applicable time

 

54

 

period for filing with the SEC (plus any applicable extensions of such time period) specified in Form 8-K or in the rules and regulations of the SEC or any other applicable laws, rules or regulations; provided, however, that no such report will be required to be furnished to the extent such report would be required by Items 1.04, 3.01, 3.02, 3.03, 5.02(e), 5.03, 5.04, 5.05, 5.06, 5.07 or 5.08 of Form 8-K;

 

provided, however, that, in the event that the Company is not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, (i) the time periods for filing of the foregoing information and reports (collectively, the “Financial Reports”) specified in the relevant forms or rules and regulations of the SEC or any other applicable laws, rules or regulations as described in clauses (1) and (2) above shall be those applicable to a non-accelerated filer or shall otherwise be the longest available time period under such forms, rules and regulations of the SEC or other applicable laws, rules or regulations, as the case may be, (plus any applicable extensions of such time period) and (ii) the Financial Reports (A) will not be required to comply with Section 302 or Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 and 308 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC, or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K or Regulation G (with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein) promulgated by the SEC, (B) will not be required to include information required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC, (C) will not be required to include financial statements for any acquired entity, businesses or assets (whether acquired by merger, consolidation, acquisition of assets or Capital Stock or otherwise) unless such acquisition has occurred and such financial statements would be required by Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC to be included in an annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly report on Form 10-Q or current report on Form 8-K of the Company, as the case may be; provided that, notwithstanding that such Rule 3-05 or any other law, rule or regulation would require that some or all of such financial statements be audited, the Company may nonetheless deliver unaudited financial statements unless the Company shall have obtained such audited financial statements in connection with such acquisition, and provided, further, that the Company shall in no event be required to provide any financial statements as of dates or for periods earlier or other than the dates or periods that would otherwise be required by such Rule 3-05 for any such acquisition, and (D) will not be required to include the schedules identified in Rule 5-04 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.  For purposes of clarity, it is understood and agreed that (x) the Company may, in its sole discretion, include in any of the Financial Reports information in addition to that specified in clauses (1) and (2) above and any information that it would otherwise be entitled to omit pursuant to the provisions described above, and (y) no financial statements shall be required for the acquisition or disposition of any entity, business or assets (whether acquired or disposed of by merger, consolidation, acquisition or disposition of assets or Capital Stock or otherwise) unless such acquisition or disposition, as the case may be, shall have occurred.

 

(b) The Company and the Guarantors, if any, agree to make available to Holders of any outstanding Notes and to prospective purchasers designated by such Holders, upon request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as such Notes (other than Notes held by the Company or an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) of the Company) are not freely transferable under the Securities Act.

 

55

 

(c) If the Company is a Subsidiary of any direct or indirect parent entity, the Financial Reports required pursuant to Section 4.09(a) above may be those of such parent entity instead of the Company; provided that, if there are material differences (as determined in good faith by the Company) between the consolidated results of operations and financial condition of such parent entity and its consolidated Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries, on the other hand, the quarterly and annual Financial Reports required by Section 4.09(a) will include a presentation (which may be unaudited), either on the face of the financial statements or in the notes thereto, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries (it being understood and agreed that such presentation may take the form of a condensed consolidating statement of operations and a condensed consolidating balance sheet (in each case without notes thereto) or a presentation similar to that required by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (whether or not such rule is applicable) for the applicable periods).

 

(d) Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligation to mail, transmit or otherwise furnish any Financial Report or other information pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or Section 4.09(c) above by (a) filing or furnishing such Financial Report or other information (or another document containing the information that would otherwise have been included in such Financial Report or containing such other information, as applicable) with the SEC for public availability or (b) posting such Financial Report or other information (or another document containing the information that would otherwise have been included in such Financial Report or containing such other information) on a website (which may be a password protected website) hosted by the Company or by a third party, in each case within the applicable time period specified above.

 

(e) If any Financial Report or other information required by this Section 4.09 (or any other document referred to in Section 4.09(d) above) is not filed, mailed, posted, transmitted or otherwise furnished within the applicable time period specified above and such Financial Report or other information (or other document) is subsequently mailed, filed, posted, transmitted or otherwise furnished, the Company will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations under this Section 4.09 with respect to such Financial Report or other information (or other document), as the case may be, and any Default or Event of Default with respect thereto or resulting therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and any acceleration of the Notes resulting therefrom shall be deemed to have been rescinded so long as such rescission would not conflict with any applicable judgment or decree.

 

If delivered to the Trustee, such delivery of any such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the same shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder.

 

56

 

SECTION 4.10.  Future Guarantees.

 

If, on any date (a “Guarantee Date”), the aggregate Guaranteed Principal Amount of any Domestic Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Domestic Subsidiary of the Company that is an Excluded Subsidiary or a Securitization Entity) exceeds $2.5 million, the Company will cause such Domestic Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after such Guarantee Date (except as set forth in the proviso below), a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Domestic Subsidiary will unconditionally guarantee the payment of the Notes, jointly and severally with all other Guarantors (if any) of the Notes; provided that, if a Domestic Subsidiary that would have been required to guarantee the Notes but for the fact that it was an Excluded Subsidiary or a Securitization Entity shall be required to guarantee the Notes because it shall have ceased to be an Excluded Subsidiary or a Securitization Entity, or if a Subsidiary that was a Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to guarantee the Notes because it shall have become a Domestic Subsidiary that is not an Excluded Subsidiary or a Securitization Entity, as the case may be, the supplemental indenture referred to above shall be delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the date such Domestic Subsidiary shall have ceased to be an Excluded Subsidiary or a Securitization Entity or such Foreign Subsidiary shall have become a Domestic Subsidiary that is not an Excluded Subsidiary or Securitization Entity, as the case may be.  Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, a Foreign Subsidiary shall not be required to guarantee the Notes or become a Guarantor.

 

The obligations of each Guarantor, if any, under its Guarantee of the Notes of any series will be limited as provided in Section 10.03.

 

Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, a Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes will automatically terminate and be released, all other obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture will automatically terminate and such Guarantor will be automatically released from all of its obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes and this Indenture under the circumstances set forth in Section 10.05; and all of the Guarantees, if any, of the Notes and all of the obligations of the Guarantors, if any, under this Indenture will be automatically suspended (subject to possible reinstatement) as provided in Section 4.05.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION

 

SECTION 5.01.  Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets.

 

(a)  The Company will not, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties and assets determined on a consolidated basis (other than sales, assignments, transfers, leases, conveyances and other dispositions of Securitization Assets, Repurchase Agreement Assets,  Investments or other securities or assets, in each case in the ordinary course of business) to any Person, unless:

 

(1) either

 

(A)       the Company shall be the surviving or continuing Person; or

 

57

 

(B)       the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition all or substantially all of the Company’s properties and assets (the “Surviving Entity”):

 

(i)  shall be an entity organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia; and

 

(ii)  shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Notes and the performance of every covenant in the Notes and this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

 

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and, if applicable, the assumption contemplated by Section 5.01(a)(1)(B)(ii) above (including giving pro forma effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred and any repayment, repurchase, defeasance, redemption or other discharge of Indebtedness by the Company or the Surviving Entity, as the case may be, or any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection with such transaction), the Company or such Surviving Entity, as the case may be: (a) shall have a Consolidated Net Worth equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately prior to such transaction, in each case determined as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending on or prior to the date of such transaction for which financial statements of the Company or the Surviving Entity, as the case may be, are available; or (b) shall be able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.07(b); or (c) shall have a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio that is equal to or greater than the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to such transaction (the computations required by clauses (b) and (c) above shall be computed on a pro forma basis giving effect to such transaction as if it had occurred at the beginning of the most recent Four Quarter Period ended on or prior to the date of such transaction for which financial statements of the Company or the Surviving Entity, as the case may be, are available and the other pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”).  If the transaction involves a Surviving Entity and the Company and the Surviving Entity have different fiscal quarters, then the relevant Four Quarter Period and, for purposes of clause (a) of this paragraph (2), the relevant fiscal quarter, may, at the election of the Company, be based on either the Company’s or the Surviving Entity’s fiscal quarters;

 

(3) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Company or the Surviving Entity, as the case may be, or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been incurred by the Company or the Surviving Entity, as the case may be, or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction, and any

 

58

 

Indebtedness to be repaid, repurchased, defeased, redeemed or otherwise discharged by the Company or the Surviving Entity or any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection with such transaction as having been repaid, repurchased, defeased, redeemed or otherwise discharged at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(4) if the Surviving Entity is not the Company, each Guarantor (unless it is the Surviving Entity, in which case Section 5.01(a)(1)(B) above shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee of the Notes shall apply to such Surviving Entity’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and

 

(5) the Company or the Surviving Entity shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions, limitations and exceptions), each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.01(a), any Subsidiary of the Company may merge or consolidate with or into or transfer all or any part of its properties and assets to the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company and Sections 5.01(a) and (f) shall not apply to any such transaction.

 

(c) For purposes of the foregoing, the sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company (other than sales, assignments, transfers, leases, conveyances and other dispositions of Securitization Assets, Repurchase Agreement Assets, Investments or other securities or assets, in each case in the ordinary course of business), the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

 

(d) For purposes of clarity, it is understood and agreed that references in this Section 5.01 to sales, assignments, transfers, leases, conveyances and other dispositions of Securitization Assets, Repurchase Agreement Assets, Investments or other securities or assets in the ordinary course of business shall include, without limitation, any sales, assignments, transfers, leases, conveyances or other dispositions of Securitization Assets, Repurchase Agreement Assets, Investments or other securities or assets (1) that are made (x) to any Securitization Entity for the purpose of enabling such Securitization Entity to securitize the assets so sold, assigned, transferred, leased, conveyed or disposed of or enabling such Securitization Entity to issue Non-Recourse Indebtedness secured by such assets or to enter into any Repurchase Agreements with respect to such assets or (y) to any Person pursuant to a Repurchase Agreement that is otherwise permitted (or not

 

59

 

prohibited) by this Indenture, under which such Person is a buyer of Repurchase Agreement Assets, and (2) that the Company in good faith determines to be consistent with past practice of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to reflect customary or accepted practice in the businesses, industries or markets in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries operates or reasonably expects to operate or that reflect reasonable extensions, evolutions or developments of any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, by way of new transactions or structures), and as a result, none of the foregoing shall constitute a sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties and assets, on a consolidated basis or otherwise, for purposes of the other paragraphs of this Section 5.01.

 

(e) Upon any consolidation or merger or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company in accordance with the foregoing in which the Company is not the surviving or continuing entity, as the case may be, the Surviving Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such Surviving Entity had been named as the “Company” herein and therein, and the Company shall be released from all of its obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and all Registration Rights Agreements; provided that, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, the Company will not be released from its obligation to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes.

 

(f) If the Surviving Entity in any transaction described in, and made in compliance with, this Section 5.01 shall be a Guarantor of the Notes, such Guarantor shall be released from its Guarantee of the Notes and all of its other obligations as a Guarantor under this Indenture.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

SECTION 6.01.  Events of Default.  Each of the following events shall be an “Event of Default”:

 

(1) the failure to pay interest on any of the outstanding Notes when the same becomes due and payable and the default continues for a period of 30 days;

 

(2) the failure to pay the principal of and premium, if any, on any of the outstanding Notes when such principal becomes due and payable, at maturity or otherwise (including the failure to make a payment to purchase Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to a Change of Control Offer);

 

(3) failure by the Company or any Guarantor to comply with any of its other covenants or agreements contained in this Indenture (other than covenants or agreements a default in whose performance would constitute an Event of Default under clause (1) or (2) above) and such default continues for a period of 60 days

 

60

 

after the Company receives written notice (with a copy to the Trustee if given by Holders) specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes (except in the case of a default with respect to Section 5.01, which will constitute an Event of Default when the Company receives the written notice specified in this clause (3) (with a copy to the Trustee if given by Holders) but without any requirement that such default continue for 60 days);

 

(4) the failure to pay at final stated maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace periods and any extensions thereof) the principal amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness) of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company and such payment shall not have been made, waived or extended within 30 days after such final stated maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace periods and any extensions thereof) (a “Payment Default”), or the acceleration of the final stated maturity of any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness) of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company and such acceleration shall not have been rescinded, annulled, waived or otherwise cured within 30 days after receipt by the Company or such Subsidiary of the Company of written notice of any such acceleration (an “Acceleration”), if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the aggregate principal amount of any other Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness) of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company as to which a Payment Default or an Acceleration shall have occurred and shall be continuing, aggregates $75.0 million or more at any time;

 

(5) (a) the Company or a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(i) commences a voluntary case or proceeding;

 

(ii) consents to the entry of judgment, decree or order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding;

 

(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property;

 

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

(v) consents to or acquiesces in the institution of a bankruptcy or an insolvency proceeding against it; or

 

(vi) takes any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing; or

 

(b) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

61

 

(i) is for relief in an involuntary case against the Company or a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(ii) appoints a Custodian for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law; or

 

(iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law;

 

and in the case of each of (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph (b), such order, decree or relief remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or

 

(6) any Guarantee of the Notes by a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company ceases (or the Guarantees of the Notes by a group of Guarantors that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of Company cease) to be in full force and effect for a period of 30 days, or a Guarantor of the Notes that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company (or a group of Guarantors of the Notes that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company) denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee (or their obligations under their Guarantees, as the case may be) of the Notes unless such denial or disaffirmation, as applicable, is rescinded, canceled or terminated within 30 days, in each case other than by reason of the release, termination, discharge or suspension of any such Guarantees or Guarantors in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or as a result of the discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Section 8.01 or as a result of Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance pursuant to Section 8.02.

 

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

 

SECTION 6.02.  Acceleration.

 

If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (5) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01 with respect to the Company) shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the outstanding Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and (if the notice is given by Holders) to the Trustee specifying the Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration,” and, upon such a declaration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest shall become immediately due and payable.  If an Event of Default specified in clause (5) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01 with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, then all principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all of the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

 

62

 

At any time after any such acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee and the Company may rescind and cancel any such acceleration and its consequences if (i) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, (ii) all existing Events of Default, other than nonpayment of principal of or interest on the Notes that have become due solely because of the acceleration, have been cured or waived, (iii) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, in each case which have become due otherwise than by such acceleration, at the per annum rate specified in the last paragraph of Section 4.01, has been paid; and (iv) the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances in connection with such acceleration and rescission.  No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

 

SECTION 6.03.  Other Remedies.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default, no remedy is exclusive of any other remedy and all available remedies are cumulative.

 

SECTION 6.04.  Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may waive, by their consent (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), any Default or Event of Default and its consequences except a continuing default in the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest (including, without limitation, Additional Interest, if any) on any Notes held by any non-consenting Holder (excluding a default in payment resulting from an acceleration that has been or is being waived or rescinded or that has been cured).  Upon any such waiver, such Default or Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

SECTION 6.05.  Control by Majority.

 

Subject to Section 7.02(g), the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee under this Indenture.  Subject to Section 7.01, however, the Trustee

 

63

 

may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction.

 

SECTION 6.06.  Limitation on Suits.

 

Subject to Section 6.07, a Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes or any Guarantees, unless:

 

(1) such Holder shall have previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

 

(2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have made a written request, and such Holder or Holders shall have offered security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to pursue a remedy; and

 

(3) the Trustee has failed to comply with such request and has not received from the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request within 60 days after such notice, request and offer of security or indemnity.

 

SECTION 6.07.  Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes held by such Holder on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

SECTION 6.08.  Collection Suit by Trustee.

 

If an Event of Default specified in clause (1) or (2) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest remaining unpaid (together with interest on any overdue interest (to the extent permitted by applicable law) at the rate per annum specified in the last paragraph of Section 4.01) and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee.

 

SECTION 6.09.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Company, its creditors or its property and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to

 

64

 

the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders (it being understood it shall be under no obligation to do so), to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to, or accept or adopt, on behalf of any Holder, any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

SECTION 6.10.  Priorities.

 

If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

 

FIRST:  to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

 

SECOND:  to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal.  premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest; and

 

THIRD:  to the Company.

 

The Trustee, upon prior notice to the Company, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.  Promptly after any record date or payment date is set pursuant to this Section 6.10, the Trustee shall cause notice of such record date or payment date or both, as the case may be, to be given to the Company and each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 11.02.

 

SECTION 6.11.  Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 7.01.  Duties of Trustee.

 

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of

 

65

 

care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture or in the TIA, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.  However, in the case of certificates or opinions specifically required by any provision hereof to be furnished to it, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations stated therein).

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1) This paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01.

 

(2) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

(3) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

 

(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

 

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.

 

(f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(g) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it.

 

66

 

(h) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of a Default or an Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice thereof from the Company or any Holder and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

 

SECTION 7.02.  Rights of Trustee.

 

Subject to Section 7.01:

 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.  The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

 

(c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

 

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that, subject to paragraph (b) of Section 7.01, the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.

 

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

(f) The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty unless so specified herein.

 

(g) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(h) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate (including any Officers’ Certificate), statement, instrument, opinion (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit.

 

(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be

 

67

 

enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

(j) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(k) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

 

SECTION 7.03.  Individual Rights of Trustee.

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  Any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar may do the same with like rights.  However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

 

SECTION 7.04.  Trustee’s Disclaimer.

 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity, priority or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or any statement in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.

 

SECTION 7.05.  Notice of Defaults.

 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives written notice of such Default or Event of Default, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after written notice of it is received by the Trustee.  Except in the case of an Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as its Board of Directors or a committee thereof or a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.

 

SECTION 7.06.  Reports by Trustee to Holders.

 

Within 60 days after May 15 of each year beginning with May 15, 2017, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA § 313(a), if and to the extent required by TIA § 313(a).  The Trustee shall also comply with TIA § 313(b), 313(c) and 313(d).

 

SECTION 7.07.  Compensation and Indemnity.

 

The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such reasonable compensation as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing for the

 

68

 

Trustee’s services hereunder.  The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services, except any such expenses as shall have been caused by the Trustee’s own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Trustee’s agents, counsel and accountants.  The Company shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder.  The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim of which a Responsible Officer has received notice or of which a Responsible Officer has otherwise become aware for which the Trustee or any Trustee Party (as defined below) may seek indemnity.  The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate and shall cause all Trustee Parties to cooperate in the defense.  The Trustee and all Trustee Parties may have one firm of separate counsel selected by the Trustee in connection with the defense of such claim and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of such counsel; provided, however, that the Company will not be required to pay such fees and expenses if, subject to the approval of the Trustee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), it assumes the Trustee’s defense and there is no conflict of interest between the Company, on the one hand, and the Trustee and any Trustee Parties subject to the claim, on the other hand, in connection with such defense as reasonably determined by the Trustee.  The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, damage, claim, liability or expense caused by or resulting from the willful misconduct or negligence of the Trustee or a Trustee Party.  The Company need not pay for any settlement made by the Trustee or any Trustee Party without the Company’s written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.  All indemnifications and releases from liability granted hereunder to the Trustee shall extend to its officers, directors, employees, agents and successors (collectively, “Trustee Parties”).

 

To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture, other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, or other amounts payable to Holders under, the Notes or the Guarantees.

 

The Company’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.07 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the discharge or termination of this Indenture.  Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in clause (5) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01 with respect to the Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under applicable Insolvency Law.

 

SECTION 7.08.  Replacement of Trustee.

 

The Trustee may resign at any time by giving 30 days prior written notice of such resignation to the Company.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, upon 30 days prior written notice to the Company and the Trustee, remove the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee; provided that so long as no Default or Event of

 

69

 

Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right to consent to the successor Trustee, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.  The Company may remove the Trustee if:

 

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.  Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the retiring Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07, all money and property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided in Section 7.07, whereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.  The successor Trustee shall cause to be delivered a notice of its succession to all Holders.

 

Anything in this Section 7.08 to the contrary notwithstanding but subject to the provisions of Section 7.09, no resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08 shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the expense of the Company), the Company or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

SECTION 7.09.  Successor Trustee by Merger.

 

If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business to, another corporation or bank, the resulting,

 

70

 

surviving or transferee corporation or bank, without any further act shall be the successor Trustee; provided that such corporation or bank shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article 7.

 

In case at the time such successor or successors (by merger, conversion, transfer of all or substantially all of its corporate trust business or consolidation) to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any such successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the same full force and effect as if they had been authenticated by the predecessor Trustee.

 

SECTION 7.10.  Eligibility; Disqualification.

 

The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), 310(a)(2) and 310(a)(5).  The Trustee shall have (or, in the case of a corporation included in a bank holding company system, the related bank holding company shall have) a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its (or its related bank holding company’s) most recent published annual report of condition.  In addition, if the Trustee is a corporation or bank included in a bank holding company system, the Trustee, independently of the bank holding company, shall meet the capital requirements of TIA § 310(a)(2).  The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b), subject to the penultimate paragraph thereof; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met.

 

SECTION 7.11.  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

 

The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a)(1) and 310(a)(5), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

 

SECTION 8.01.  Discharge of Liability on Notes.

 

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes as expressly provided for in this Indenture and except for the Trustee’s right to reimbursement of fees and expenses and indemnification as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes, and all of the Guarantees, if any, of the Notes shall be discharged, terminated and released, when:

 

(1) either

 

71

 

(a)    all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(b)    all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by giving of a notice of redemption, upon stated maturity or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year (upon stated maturity or otherwise), or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee cash in such amount as will be sufficient, U.S. Government Obligations the scheduled payments of principal of and interest on which will be sufficient (without any reinvestment of such interest), or a combination thereof in such amounts as will be sufficient, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes to the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be, together with irrevocable instructions from the Company directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption;

 

(2) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable by the Company under this Indenture; and

 

(3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions, exceptions and limitations) stating that all conditions precedent under this Section 8.01 relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the provisions of Sections 8.04, 8.05, 8.06, 8.07 and 11.08 and, if the outstanding Notes have been or are to be called for redemption, Article 3 shall survive until the Notes have been cancelled or are no longer outstanding.

 

After such delivery or irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the discharge of this Indenture and the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture and, if applicable, the obligations of all Guarantors under the Guarantees and this Indenture, except for those surviving obligations specified above.

 

72

 

SECTION 8.02.  Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.

 

(a) The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02(b) or (c) be applied to the Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 8.03.

 

(b) Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.02(a) of the option under this Section 8.02(b), the Company and the Guarantors, if any, shall be discharged from all of their obligations under the Notes, the Guarantees, if any, and this Indenture (“Legal Defeasance”) on the date that the applicable conditions set forth in Section 8.03 shall have been satisfied, and on or after that date any omission to comply with any such obligations shall no longer constitute a Default or Event of Default.  Such Legal Defeasance shall mean that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (which shall thereafter be deemed to be outstanding only for purposes of the provisions of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) through (4) below), the Guarantors, if any, shall be released from all of their obligations under this Indenture and their Guarantees of the Notes, and the Company shall be released from all of its other obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, except that the following provisions of this Indenture shall survive:

 

(1) the rights of Holders to receive, solely from the trust fund described in clause (1) of the first paragraph of Section 8.03, payments in respect of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due;

 

(2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payments on the Notes;

 

(3) the rights, powers, trust, duties and immunities of the Trustee and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and

 

(4) the provisions of this Section 8.02, Sections 8.04, 8.05, 8.06, 8.07 and 11.08 and, if the outstanding Notes have been or are to be called for redemption, Article 3.

 

On and after the date of Legal Defeasance, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default and, upon such Legal Defeasance, the Guarantees, if any, of the Notes and all obligations of the Guarantors under this Indenture and the Guarantees shall automatically terminate.

 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02(b)  notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.01(c).

 

(c) Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.02(a) of the option under this Section 8.02(c), the Company and the Guarantors, if any, shall be released and discharged from all of their covenants and agreements under Sections 4.06 through 4.10,

 

73

 

inclusive, and clauses (2) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) on the date that the applicable conditions set forth in Section 8.03 shall have been satisfied (“Covenant Defeasance”), and on or after that date the foregoing covenants and agreements shall no longer apply, and the Notes shall be deemed not to be outstanding for purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with any such covenants or agreements, but shall continue to be deemed outstanding for all other purposes hereunder, and the Company and the Guarantors, if any, may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition, obligation or limitation set forth in any of the Sections, clauses and other provisions set forth above in this Section 8.02(c), whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section, clause or other provision or by reason of any reference in any such Section, clause or other provision to any other Section, clause or provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply with any covenant or agreement set forth in any such Section, clause or other provision shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture.  On and after the date that Covenant Defeasance occurs, (x) the Events of Default described in clauses (1) and (2) (solely insofar as such clauses relate to any failure to pay amounts due in connection with a Change of Control Offer), clause (3) (solely insofar as it relates to the covenants and agreements as to which Covenant Defeasance has occurred), clause (4), clause (5) (except with respect to Company) and clause (6) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01 will no longer constitute Events of Default or otherwise apply and (y) the Guarantors, if any, of the Notes shall be automatically released from all of their obligations under their Guarantees of the Notes and this Indenture and such Guarantees will be automatically released, terminated and discharged.

 

(d) Subject to compliance with Section 8.02(b) or (c), the Trustee, upon request shall execute proper instruments acknowledging such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and the release, termination and/or discharge of the instruments, agreements and other provisions referred to in such Section 8.02(b) or (c), as applicable.

 

SECTION 8.03.  Conditions to Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.

 

The following shall be the conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

 

(1) the Company shall have irrevocably deposited with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes cash in U.S. Legal Tender in such amount as will be sufficient, U.S. Government Obligations the scheduled payments of principal of and interest on which will be sufficient (without any reinvestment of such interest), or a combination thereof in such amounts as will be sufficient, as confirmed, certified or attested by an Independent Financial Advisor in writing to the Trustee, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the stated maturity date thereof or any earlier Redemption Date;

 

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States (which Opinion of Counsel

 

74

 

may be subject to customary assumptions, exceptions and limitations) confirming that:

 

(a)    the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

 

(b)    since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law;

 

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions, exceptions and limitations) confirming that the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit pursuant to clause (1) of this Section 8.03 (other than a Default and Event of Default resulting from borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar or substantially contemporaneous transactions and, in each case, the granting of any Liens in connection therewith);

 

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or instrument that, in the judgment of the Company, is material with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (excluding this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

 

(6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions, exceptions and limitations), each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Section 8.03 to such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with; and

 

(7) the Company shall have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes on the stated maturity date thereof or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be

 

75

 

(which instructions may be contained in the Officers’ Certificate referred to in clause (6) of this Section 8.03).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (2) of this Section 8.03  with respect to a Legal Defeasance need not be delivered if all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (1) have become due and payable or (2) will become due and payable on their maturity date or any earlier Redemption Date within one year and, in the case of any such redemption, under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company.

 

SECTION 8.04.  Application of Trust Money.

 

The Trustee shall hold in trust the U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article 8 and any principal, interest or other proceeds in respect of such U.S. Government Obligations.  It shall apply the deposited money and the proceeds from U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes.

 

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the Company’s request any U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations or proceeds therefrom held by it as provided in Section 8.01 or 8.03 which are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Section 8.01 or an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance pursuant to Section 8.02, as evidenced by a written confirmation, certification or attestation by an Independent Financial Advisor delivered to the Trustee.

 

SECTION 8.05.  Repayment to the Company.

 

The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly deliver to the Company upon request any excess U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations and proceeds therefrom held by them at any time and thereupon shall be relieved from all liability with respect to such money, securities and proceeds.  Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money, U.S. Government Obligations or proceeds therefrom deposited with or received by the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or held by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in trust for the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) shall be discharged from such trust and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company as a general creditor for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such money, U.S. Government Obligations and proceeds, and all liability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

 

SECTION 8.06.  Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations (or proceeds therefrom) deposited pursuant to Section 8.01 or 8.03 in accordance with Section 8.04 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or

 

76

 

judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.01 or 8.03, as applicable, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.04; provided that if the Company or any Guarantor has made any payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

SECTION 8.07.  Indemnity for Government Obligations.

 

The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.01 or 8.03 or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

AMENDMENTS

 

SECTION 9.01.  Without Consent of Holders.

 

From time to time, the Company, the Guarantors, if any, and the Trustee, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes, may modify, amend or supplement the Notes, any Guarantees or other guarantees thereof or this Indenture:

 

(1) to cure any ambiguity or omission; or to correct or supplement any provision contained in this Indenture, any Notes or any Guarantees of the Notes which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision in this Indenture or any of the Notes or Guarantees;

 

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of Certificated Notes;

 

(3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes by a successor to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Indenture;

 

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect in any material respect the rights of any Holder of the Notes;

 

(5) to provide for any Subsidiary of the Company or any other Person to provide a Guarantee or other guarantee of the Notes, to add, novate, confirm or assume a Guarantee or other guarantee of the Notes, to add security to or for the benefit of the Notes or any Guarantee or other guarantee of the Notes, or to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantor,

 

77

 

Guarantee, other guarantor or other guarantee of the Notes or any Lien with respect to or securing the Notes or any Guarantee or other guarantee thereof, in each case when such release, termination or discharge is provided for under this Indenture, under any Guarantee or other guarantee or under any instrument or agreement creating or evidencing any such Lien, as the case may be;

 

(6) to conform the provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantees of the Notes to the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum;

 

(7) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

 

(8) to comply with the rules of any applicable Depositary;

 

(9) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under this Indenture of a successor trustee;

 

(10) to add to the covenants of the Company or any Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, to provide that any such additional covenants shall be subject to Covenant Defeasance, to add Events of Default or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor pursuant to this Indenture;

 

(11) to provide for the issuance and delivery of Additional Notes; and

 

(12) to provide for the issuance and delivery of Exchange Notes and the consummation of any related exchange offer as contemplated by any Registration Rights Agreement.

 

The Company shall not be required to notify Holders of modifications, amendments, or supplements made pursuant to this Section 9.01.

 

SECTION 9.02.  With Consent of Holders.

 

(a) Without limitation to the provisions of Section 9.01, modifications, amendments and supplements of the Notes, any Guarantees or other guarantees thereof or this Indenture may be made with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or a tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and compliance with any provision of the Notes, any Guarantees or other guarantees thereof or this Indenture may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or a tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), except that, without the consent of each Holder of Notes, no amendment, supplement or waiver may:

 

(1) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

78

 

(2) reduce the rate of or change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on any Notes, except pursuant to Section 9.02(a)(6);

 

(3) reduce the principal of or change or have the effect of changing the final stated maturity of any Notes, or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or reduce the redemption price therefor;

 

(4) make any Notes payable in currency other than that stated in the Notes;

 

(5) make any change in provisions of this Indenture providing that the right of each Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on or after the due dates thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder, or permitting Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default; or

 

(6) amend, supplement, waive or modify the Company’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes pursuant to Section 4.06, or reduce the premium payable upon any such repurchase or change the time at which any Notes may be repurchased pursuant to Section 4.06, whether through an amendment, supplement, waiver or modification of provisions in such covenant or any definitions or other provisions in this Indenture or otherwise, unless such amendment, supplement waiver or modification shall be in effect prior to the occurrence of the applicable Change of Control Triggering Event.

 

A consent to any modification, amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder of Notes given in connection with a tender or exchange of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender or exchange.

 

(b) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed modification, amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed modification, amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

(c) After a modification, amendment, supplement, or waiver under Section 9.02(a) becomes effective, the Company shall mail (or otherwise transmit) to the Holders affected thereby at their registered addresses a notice briefly describing the modification, amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure of the Company to mail (or transmit) such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such modification, amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

SECTION 9.03.  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

 

Every modification, amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

 

79

 

SECTION 9.04.  Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers.

 

Until an amendment, waiver, modification or supplement becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the amendment, waiver, modification or supplement is not made on any Note.  However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note or any portion of its Note by notice to the Trustee and the Company received before the date on which such amendment, supplement, modification or waiver becomes effective.  An amendment, supplement, modification or waiver becomes effective in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described in this Article 9 or required or otherwise permitted to be given or taken pursuant to this Indenture.  If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at the close of business on such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give any consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.  No such consent or action shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.

 

After an amendment, supplement, modification or waiver becomes effective, it shall be conclusive and binding on every Holder.

 

SECTION 9.05.  Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

 

If an amendment, supplement, modification or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Company may require each Holder of a Note to deliver it to the Trustee.  The Company shall provide the Trustee with an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and cause the Trustee to return it to the Holder at the Company’s expense.  Alternatively, if the Company so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms.  Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment, supplement, modification or waiver.

 

SECTION 9.06.  Trustee To Sign Amendments.

 

The Trustee shall execute any modification, amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9; provided that the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such modification, amendment, supplement or waiver which adversely affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture.  The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate each stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized or permitted pursuant to this Article 9 and, if applicable, constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions).  Such Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.

 

80

 

ARTICLE 10

 

GUARANTEES

 

SECTION 10.01.  Unconditional Guarantee.

 

Subject to the provisions of this Article 10 and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally with all other Guarantors (if any), unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, to each Holder of an outstanding Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors:  (a)(x) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, upon redemption, by acceleration or otherwise, (y) the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal at the rate per annum set forth in the last paragraph of Section 4.01 and (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law) overdue premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and (z) the due and punctual payment of all other amounts due from the Company to the Holders or the Trustee under this Indenture or the Notes, all in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Notes (collectively, the “Guarantee Obligations”); and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes, the due and punctual payment of the Guarantee Obligations in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at maturity, upon redemption, by acceleration or otherwise.  Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, each Guarantor shall be obligated to pay, upon written demand by the Trustee, the same immediately.

 

Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law) its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same, or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.  Each Guarantor hereby waives (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law) the benefit of diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever (in each case except as required by this Indenture).  Each Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection.  Each Guarantor hereby agrees (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law) that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, on the other hand, (a) subject to this Article 10, the maturity of certain obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of the Guarantees, notwithstanding (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law) any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (b) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall (to the extent permitted by applicable law) forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of the Guarantees.

 

81

 

SECTION 10.02.  Benefits Acknowledged.

 

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and/or indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Indenture and its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

SECTION 10.03.  Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance for purposes of any Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal, foreign or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantor or Guarantee.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee and this Article 10 shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from, or payments made by or on behalf of, any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee and this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee and this Article 10 not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under such laws or any other applicable federal, foreign or state laws.

 

SECTION 10.04.  Notation of Guarantee Not Required.

 

Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Guarantee or any release, termination, suspension or discharge thereof.

 

The Company shall cause each Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.10 to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Domestic Subsidiary will agree to be a Guarantor under this Indenture, all on the terms and subject to the conditions specified in Section 4.10, subject to release of such Guarantor and to suspension of its Guarantee as provided in Section 4.05 and Section 10.05.

 

SECTION 10.05.  Release of a Guarantor; Suspension of Guarantees.

 

(a) A Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes will automatically terminate and be released, all other obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture will automatically terminate and such Guarantor will automatically be released from all of its obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes and this Indenture:

 

(1) upon the sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of such Guarantor, or any merger or consolidation of such Guarantor with or into any Person, which results in such Guarantor no longer being a Subsidiary of the Company or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor (other than to the Company or a Domestic Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Excluded Subsidiary or a Securitization Entity) so long as such sale, disposition, merger or consolidation is permitted (or not prohibited) by this Indenture;

 

82

 

(2) upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such Guarantor is an Excluded Subsidiary, a Securitization Entity or a Foreign Subsidiary (it being understood that the Company may deliver such Officers’ Certificate in respect of any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Guarantor if such Domestic Subsidiary subsequently becomes an Excluded Subsidiary, a Securitization Entity or a Foreign Subsidiary);

 

(3) upon Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or discharge of the Notes as provided in Section 8.02 or Section 8.01, as applicable;

 

(4) if such Guarantor is dissolved or liquidated and such dissolution or liquidation is not an Event of Default (excluding an Event of Default under clause (6) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01);

 

(5) upon the merger of such Guarantor into, or the consolidation of such Guarantor with, (a) a Subsidiary of the Company if the surviving or resulting entity is an Excluded Subsidiary, Securitization Entity or Foreign Subsidiary or (b) the Company or another Guarantor;

 

(6) if at any time the outstanding Guaranteed Principal Amount of such Guarantor (provided that, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, any Debt Securities that would otherwise be included in calculating such Guaranteed Principal Amount shall be excluded from such calculation if (x) such Guarantor’s guarantee of such Debt Securities will be released, terminated, suspended or discharged,  (y) such Debt Securities will be repaid, repurchased, defeased, redeemed or otherwise discharged or otherwise will cease to be outstanding or (z) such Debt Securities will cease to meet the requirements for inclusion under clause (a), (b), (c), or (d) of the definition of “Guaranteed Principal Amount,” in each case contemporaneously with the termination of such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes) shall be less than or equal to $2.5 million, whether as a result of the release, termination, suspension or discharge of such Guarantor’s guarantee of any Debt Securities, the repayment, repurchase, defeasance, redemption or other discharge of any Debt Securities, the release, termination, suspension or discharge of the Company’s guarantee of any Guaranteed Subsidiary Debt Securities, or otherwise; or

 

(7) under the circumstances set forth in Section 5.01(f) or if such Guarantor shall cease to be a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

(b) In the event that any of the Company’s Domestic Subsidiaries shall guarantee the Notes, all of the Guarantees of the Notes and all of the other obligations of the Guarantors under this Indenture will be automatically suspended and will be of no force or effect during any Suspension Period, subject to reinstatement of such Guarantees (other than any such Guarantees that shall have been released or terminated as described in Section 10.05(a)) and, in the case of any Guarantors whose Guarantees shall have been reinstated, the other obligations of such Guarantors under this Indenture on the applicable Reversion Date, all in accordance with Section 4.05.

 

83

 

(c) The Trustee shall execute an appropriate instrument prepared by the Company evidencing the release of a Guarantor from, and the termination of, its obligations under its Guarantee and this Indenture or the suspension of such obligations, as applicable, upon receipt of a request by the Company or such Guarantor accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which opinion may include customary assumptions, limitations and exceptions) certifying as to the compliance with the applicable conditions under Section 4.05 or 10.05(a), as applicable; provided, however, that the legal counsel delivering such Opinion of Counsel may rely as to matters of fact on one or more Officers’ Certificates of the Company.

 

SECTION 10.06.  Subrogation.

 

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the Company in respect of any amounts paid by such Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this Article 10; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Company under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

 

SECTION 10.07.  Waiver.

 

Without in any way limiting the provisions of Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby waives (to the fullest extent permitted by law) notice of acceptance hereof, notice of any liability of any Guarantor hereunder, notice or proof of reliance by the Holders upon the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder, and diligence, presentment, demand for payment on the Company, protest, notice of dishonor or non-payment of any of the Guarantee Obligations, or other notice or formalities to the Company or any Guarantor of any kind whatsoever (except in each case as required by this Indenture).

 

SECTION 10.08.  No Obligation To Take Action Against the Company.

 

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, neither the Trustee nor any other Person shall have any obligation to enforce or exhaust any rights or remedies against the Company or any other Person or any property of the Company or any other Person before the Trustee is entitled to demand payment and performance by any or all Guarantors of their liabilities and obligations under their Guarantees or under this Indenture.

 

SECTION 10.09.  Default and Enforcement.

 

If any Guarantor fails to pay following a demand for payment in accordance with Section 10.01 hereof, the Trustee may proceed in its name as trustee hereunder in the enforcement of the Guarantee of such Guarantor and such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder by any remedy provided by law, whether by legal proceedings or otherwise, and to recover from such Guarantor the amounts owed under its Guarantee and this Article 10.

 

SECTION 10.10.  Amendment, Etc.

 

Without limitation to the provisions of Article 9, no amendment, modification , supplement or waiver of any provision of this Indenture relating to any Guarantor or its

 

84

 

Guarantee or consent to any departure by any Guarantor or any other Person from any such provision will in any event be effective unless it is signed by such Guarantor.

 

SECTION 10.11.  Costs and Expenses.

 

Each Guarantor shall pay on demand by the Trustee any and all costs, fees and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees) incurred by the Trustee, its agents, advisors and counsel or any of the Holders in enforcing any of their rights under such Guarantor’s Guarantee.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 11.01.  Trust Indenture Act Controls.

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision that is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, such required or deemed provision shall control.  If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or excluded, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 11.02.  Notices.

 

Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing (which shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, include email, telephone or pdf), and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by overnight courier service, by telecopier or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

if to the Company or a Guarantor:

Starwood Property Trust, Inc.

591 West Putnam Avenue

Greenwich, Connecticut 06830

Attention of:  General Counsel

Facsimile: (203) 422-8192

 

if to the Trustee:

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

101 Barclay Street, Floor 7W
 New York, New York 10286 
 Attention of:  Corporate Trust Administration
 Facsimile:  (412) 234-9189

 

Each of the Company, the Guarantors, if any, and the Trustee by written notice to each other such Person may designate additional or different addresses for notices to such Person.  Any notice or communication to the Company, the Guarantors, if any, and the Trustee,

 

85

 

shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; five calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee); the next Business Day if by overnight courier service; and where this Indenture expressly permits notice to be given by email, when such notice is transmitted without the sender having been notified by return email that it is undeliverable.

 

The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, pdf, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods; provided, however, that the Trustee shall have received an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to give such instructions or directions and containing specimen signatures of such designated persons, which incumbency certificate shall be amended and replaced whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing.  If the Company elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions.  The Company agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties.

 

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed to it by first class mail or other equivalent means or delivered by telecopy, hand delivery or overnight courier service at his address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar or sent by email or other electronic means (or, in the case of Global Notes, given in accordance with any applicable procedures of the Depositary) and shall be sufficiently given to it if so mailed within the time prescribed or, if telecopied, when receipt is acknowledged, or, in the case of hand delivery, when delivered or, in the case of overnight courier, on the next Business Day or, in the case of email, when transmitted to the applicable email address or, if given in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary, when given.

 

Failure to send or deliver a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.  If a notice or communication is mailed or sent in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

SECTION 11.03.  Communication by Holders with Other Holders.

 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees.  The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

 

86

 

SECTION 11.04.  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee:

 

(1) an Officers’ Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(2) if requested by the Trustee, an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials and may be subject to other customary exceptions, limitations and qualifications.

 

SECTION 11.05.  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture, other than the Officers’ Certificate required by Section 4.03, shall include:

 

(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; or satisfied; and

 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials and may be subject to other customary exceptions, limitations and qualifications.

 

SECTION 11.06.  Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar.

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Holders.  The Trustee, Registrar and the Paying Agent or co-Registrar may make reasonable rules for their functions.

 

SECTION 11.07.  Business Day.

 

If any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date, maturity date or any other date on which payment on any Notes is due is not a Business Day, the required payment will be postponed and made on the next succeeding Business Day as if made on the date such payment was due, and no interest will accrue on such payment for the period from and

 

87

 

after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date, maturity date or other date, as the case may be, to the date of such payment on the next succeeding Business Day.  If a Record Date or other record date is not a Business Day, it shall not be affected.

 

SECTION 11.08.  Governing Law.

 

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

 

SECTION 11.09.  No Recourse Against Others.

 

A director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, partner or member of, or owner of an equity interest in, the Company or any Guarantor shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture or the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note shall be deemed to have waived and released all such liability.  Such waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

SECTION 11.10.  Successors.

 

All agreements of the Company and the Guarantors in this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall bind their respective successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

SECTION 11.11.  Multiple Originals.

 

All parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent the same agreement.  One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or pdf transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture and signature pages for all purposes.

 

SECTION 11.12.  Table of Contents; Headings.

 

The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture (including, without limitation, Appendix A and the Exhibits hereto) and the Notes have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof or thereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof or thereof.

 

88

 

SECTION 11.13.  Force Majeure.

 

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

SECTION 11.14.  Severability.

 

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes or any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

SECTION 11.15.  USA Patriot Act.

 

The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee.  The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act.

 

SECTION 11.16.  No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

 

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of any of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

SECTION 11.17.  Applicable Tax Law.

 

In order to enable the Trustee to comply with its obligations under applicable tax laws, rules and regulations (including directives, guidelines and interpretations promulgated by competent authorities) in effect from time to time (“Applicable Tax Law”), the Company agrees (i) to provide to the Trustee, following written request from the Trustee delivered to the Company in accordance with Section 11.02 of this Indenture, such information concerning the Holders of the Notes as the Trustee may reasonably request in order to determine whether the Trustee has any tax-related obligations under Applicable Tax Law with respect to the payments made to Holders of the Notes under this Indenture, but only to the extent (a) such information is in the Company’s possession, (b) such information is not subject to any confidentiality or similar agreement or undertaking or otherwise deemed by the Company to be confidential and (c) providing such information to the Trustee does not, in the judgment of the Company, breach or violate or constitute a default under any applicable law, rules or regulations or any instrument

 

89

 

or agreement to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them is bound, and (ii) that the Trustee shall be entitled to make any withholding or deduction from payments made to Holders of Notes under this Indenture to the extent necessary to comply with the Trustee’s obligations under Applicable Tax Law.  Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note shall be deemed to have agreed to the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.17 and to provide to the Trustee or the Company such information concerning such Holder as the Trustee or the Company may reasonably request in order to determine whether the Trustee or the Company has any tax-related obligations under Applicable Tax Law with respect to the payments made to such Holder under this Indenture; and such agreement by each Holder is part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

 

SECTION 11.18.  Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

EACH OF THE COMPANY, EACH GUARANTOR, IF ANY, AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

SECTION 11.19.  Submission to Jurisdiction.

 

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the parties hereto submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or U.S. federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York over any legal action or legal proceeding with respect to this Indenture and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each of the parties hereto waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action or proceeding in any such court or any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

[Signatures on following pages]

 

90

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

	
 
    	
STARWOOD   PROPERTY TRUST, INC.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/   Andrew J. Sossen
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Andrew   J. Sossen
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Executive   Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Compliance   Officer and Secretary
    

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

 

	
 
    	
THE   BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/   Laurence J. O’Brien
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Laurence   J. O’Brien
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Vice   President
    

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

 

TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

 

ARTICLE 1
  
 DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1                                    Definitions

 

Terms used in this Appendix A which are defined in the Indenture dated as of December 16, 2016 between Starwood Property Trust, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), to which Indenture this Appendix A is attached and of which this Appendix A forms a part, shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Indenture. In addition, for the purposes of this Appendix A the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

 

“Certificated Note” means a certificated Initial Note, Additional Note or Exchange Note (bearing, in the case of an Initial Note or Additional Note, a Restricted Notes Legend unless such Legend has been removed in accordance with the provisions of this Appendix A or, in the case of any Additional Note, unless such Additional Note is a Registered Additional Note) that is registered in the name of a Holder other than the Depositary or its nominee and that does not bear the Global Note Legend.

 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or any successor.

 

“Distribution Compliance Period” means, with respect to any Regulation S Note, the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Note is first offered to Persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S, and (b) the date of original issuance of such Note or any predecessor Note.

 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of Euroclear systems, or any successor.

 

“Exchange Offer” means an offer by the Company, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, to Holders of Initial Notes or Additional Notes, as applicable, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for their Initial Notes or Additional Notes, as applicable, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act.

 

“Note Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note, which shall initially be the Trustee, or any successor thereto.

 

“Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement dated December 9, 2016 between the Company and the Initial Purchasers relating to the Initial Notes.

 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

App-A-1

 

“Registered Additional Notes” means Additional Notes that were originally issued and sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act permitting such Additional Notes to be publicly offered and sold.

 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Restricted Global Note” means any Global Note that bears or is required to bear a Restricted Notes Legend.

 

“Restricted Notes Legend” means the Rule 144A Legend,  the Regulation S Legend or the Certificated Note Restricted Legend, as applicable.

 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Shelf Registration Statement” means a shelf registration statement filed by the Company with the SEC for the purpose of registering the offer and sale of Initial Notes and/or Additional Notes pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Transfer Restricted Notes” means any Notes that bear or are required to bear a Restricted Notes Legend.

 

“Unrestricted Global Note” means any Global Note that does not bear or is not required to bear a Restricted Notes Legend.  For purposes of clarity, Global Notes representing Exchange Notes shall be deemed Unrestricted Global Notes.

 

“U.S. person” means a “U.S. person” as defined in Regulation S.

 

Section 1.2                                    Other Definitions

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Defined in
    
	
Term
    	
 
    	
Section:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Certificated Note Restricted Legend”
    	
 
    	
2.2(d)(iv)
    
	
“Global Note Legend”
    	
 
    	
2.2(d)(i)
    
	
“Regulation S Global Note”
    	
 
    	
2.1(b)
    
	
“Regulation S Notes”
    	
 
    	
2.1(a)
    
	
“Regulation S Legend”
    	
 
    	
2.2(d)(iii)
    
	
“Rule 144A Global Note”
    	
 
    	
2.1(b)
    
	
“Rule 144A Legend”
    	
 
    	
2.2d)(ii)
    
	
“Rule 144A Notes”
    	
 
    	
2.1(a)
    
	
“Schedule”
    	
 
    	
2.1(b)
    
	
“U.S. Resale Restriction Termination Date”
    	
 
    	
2.2(a)
    

 

App-A-2

 

ARTICLE 2
  
 THE NOTES

 

Section 2.1                                    Forms of Notes

 

(a)                                 Offering and Sale of Initial Notes and Additional Notes. The Initial Notes will be offered and sold by the Company to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Company may offer and sell Additional Notes from time to time, including, without limitation, offers and sales pursuant to one or more purchase agreements or underwriting agreements between the Company and one or more initial purchasers or underwriters.  The Initial Notes will be resold, and Additional Notes (other than Registered Additional Notes) may be resold, initially only (i) to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A (Notes so resold in reliance on Rule 144A, the “Rule 144A Notes”) and (ii) to Persons other than U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S (Notes so resold in reliance on Regulation S, the “Regulation S Notes”).  Initial Notes or any such Additional Notes (other than Registered Additional Notes) may thereafter be transferred only to, among others, QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and non-U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein and the other applicable requirements of the Indenture.

 

(b)                                 Global Notes.  Unless otherwise provided in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, the Initial Notes and Additional Notes that are initially resold pursuant to Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes (each a “Rule 144A Global Note”), and Initial Notes and Additional Notes that are initially resold pursuant to Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes (each a “Regulation S Global Note”), in each case bearing the Global Notes Legend and the applicable Restricted Notes Legend.  Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note” (or a similar schedule) attached thereto (the “Schedule”).  The aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented by a Global Note may be increased or decreased, as applicable, from time to time to reflect transfers, exchanges, redemptions, repurchases and cancellation of Notes represented thereby.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Note Custodian, at the direction of the Registrar, in accordance with Section 2.2 of this Appendix A and any applicable provisions of the Indenture.

 

(c)                                  Book-Entry Provisions.  This Section 2.1(c) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.

 

Prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period with respect to a Regulation S Global Note, beneficial interests in such Regulation S Global Note may be held only through Clearstream and Euroclear, as Participants in the Depositary, provided, that if DTC is not the Depositary for such Regulation S Global Note during such Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial interests in such Regulation S Global Note shall be held in accordance with the customary procedures of whomsoever shall be the Depositary. After the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period with respect to a Regulation S Global Note, holders of beneficial interests in such Regulation S Global Note may also hold interests in such Regulation S Global

 

App-A-3

 

Note through Participants in the Depositary other than Clearstream and Euroclear, provided, that if DTC is not the Depositary for such Regulation S Global Note after such Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall be held in accordance with the customary procedures of whomsoever shall be the Depositary.

 

(d)                                 Certificated Notes.  Except as provided in Section 2.15 of the Indenture, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive Certificated Notes in exchange for their interests in such Global Notes.

 

Section 2.2                                    Transfer and Exchange.

 

(a)                                 Transfer Restrictions.  So long as they are Transfer Restricted Notes, the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes (other than Registered Additional Notes) may not be offered, sold or disposed of except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the securities laws of any other applicable jurisdiction.

 

Neither a Rule 144A Note nor any interest or participation therein may be offered, sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of at any time prior to (x) the date which is six months (assuming the Company satisfies the current public reporting requirements of Rule 144) or one year (if the Company does not) after the later of the date of original issue of such Rule 144A Note (or any predecessor thereto) and the last date on which the Company or any “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company was the owner of such Rule 144A Note (or any predecessor thereto) or any interest or participation in such Rule 144A Note or (y) such later date, if any, as may be required by any subsequent change in applicable law (the “U.S. Resale Restriction Termination Date”), except (a) to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) pursuant to a registration statement which is effective under the Securities Act, (c) for so long as such Rule 144A Note is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a Person the transferor reasonably believes is a QIB acquiring such Rule 144A Note or such interest or participation for its own account or for the account of another QIB to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (d) to a non-U.S. person in an offshore transaction within the meaning of, and in compliance with, Regulation S or (e) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject to, in each of the foregoing cases, any requirement of law that the disposition of such Rule 144A Note or such interest or participation be at all times within the transferor’s control, and to compliance with the securities laws of any other applicable jurisdiction and with the procedures specified in the Indenture (including this Appendix A).

 

Until the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period with respect to a Regulation S Note, such Regulation S Note or any interest or participation therein (i) may not be offered, sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed within the United States (within the meaning of Regulation S) or to, or for the account or benefit of, a U.S. person, except to a Person that the transferor reasonably believes to be a QIB acquiring such Regulation S Note or such interest or participation for its own account or for the account of another QIB to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and (ii) except as provided in clause (i) above, may not be

 

App-A-4

 

offered, sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or disposed of except to a non-U.S. person in an offshore transaction within the meaning of, and in compliance with, Regulation S, and in each case such offer, sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or disposition must comply with the securities laws of any other applicable jurisdiction and with the procedures specified in the Indenture (including this Appendix A). In addition, during such Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note may only be held through Euroclear or Clearstream or their respective direct or indirect participants.

 

The remaining provisions of this Section 2.2 are intended to implement the forgoing restrictions.  To the extent that any transfer or exchange of Transfer Restricted Notes (including, without limitation, beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes) is not covered by a specific procedure in the remaining provisions of this Section 2.2, the Company may implement such procedures and impose such conditions to such exchange or transfer (including, without limitation, the delivery of certificates, legal opinions and other documents) as the Company in its sole discretion may deem necessary or appropriate to implement the foregoing restrictions.

 

(b)                                 Transfer and Exchange of Certificated Notes.  If Certificated Notes are issued in exchange for beneficial interests in Global Notes pursuant to Section 2.15(b) of the Indenture, such Certificated Notes will be registered in the names, and issued in any authorized denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures) and, if any such Global Notes are Transfer Restricted Notes, the Certificated Notes issued in exchange for interests therein will bear the Certificated Note Restricted Legend and either the Rule 144A Legend or the Regulation S Legend, as applicable, unless otherwise determined by the Company.  If Certificated Notes are issued in exchange for beneficial interests in Global Notes, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the applicable Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interests being exchanged for Certificated Notes and the Registrar shall instruct the Note Custodian to decrease or reflect on its records a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note (and to record such decrease by endorsement on the Schedule attached to such Global Note) in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of such interests being exchanged.  If Certificated Notes are issued in exchange for beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note, then, unless the Company shall otherwise advise the Trustee and the Registrar in writing, such interests may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.2 (including the certification and other requirements set forth in this Section 2.2 intended to ensure that such exchanges comply with Rule 144A, Regulation S or another applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company.

 

When Certificated Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a request:

 

(x) to register the transfer of such Certificated Notes; or

 

(y) to exchange such Certificated Notes for an equal principal amount of Certificated Notes of other authorized denominations,

 

App-A-5

 

the Registrar or co-Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met and if the requirements for such registration of transfer or exchange set forth in this Appendix A and Section 2.07 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied; provided, however, that if a Certificated Note surrendered for transfer or exchange bears a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar or co-Registrar shall not register the transfer or exchange of such Certificated Note (including any such transfer or exchange to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company) unless (A) such transferor shall have delivered to the Registrar or co-Registrar a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F to the Indenture, appropriately completed and signed by such transferor, (B) in the case of any transfer or exchange pursuant to any transaction that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act (other than a transfer to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or a transaction pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S), such transferor shall have also delivered to the Registrar or co-Registrar (i) if such transfer or exchange is being made pursuant to Rule 144, a legal opinion addressed to the Company and the Registrar or co-Registrar, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such transfer or exchange is being made in reliance on Rule 144, that the Holder may transfer such Certificated Note without registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144 and that, accordingly, the Restricted Note Legend on such Certificated Note may be removed or (ii) if such transfer or exchange is not being made pursuant to Rule 144, a legal opinion addressed to the Company and the Registrar or co-Registrar, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such transfer or exchange may be effected without registration under the Securities Act and (C) such transferor shall have also delivered to the Company and the Registrar or co-Registrar, as the case may be, any additional certifications, legal opinions and other information as may be required by the Company to determine that the proposed transfer or exchange is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable state or other securities laws. In the case of any such proposed transfer or exchange that requires the delivery of a legal opinion as provided for above, the Registrar or co-Registrar shall notify the Company of such proposed transfer or exchange in order to provide the Company with an opportunity to review such legal opinion and request such additional certifications, legal opinions and other information the Company may require.

 

(c)                                  Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.  (i) The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the Indenture (including this Appendix A) and the procedures of the Depositary and, if applicable, Clearstream and Euroclear. In the case of any exchange of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note for a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, and any transfer of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, in each case being made prior to expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period with respect to such Regulation S Global Note, the beneficial interests in such Regulation S Global Note must be held through an account with a participant in either Euroclear or Clearstream, or both, as the case may be.

 

(i)                                     Subject to compliance with the other applicable requirements of this Section 2.2(c), if the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, (A) the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the

 

App-A-6

 

date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred; and (B) the Registrar shall instruct the Note Custodian to increase or reflect on its records an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred (and to record such increase by endorsement on the Schedule attached to such Global Note) in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall instruct the Note Custodian, concurrently with such increase, to decrease or reflect on its records a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred by a corresponding amount (and to record such decrease by endorsement on the Schedule attached to such Global Note).

 

(ii)                                  If the proposed transfer is an exchange of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note for a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note or the transfer of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, the transferor of such beneficial interest shall deliver to the Registrar prior to any such exchange or transfer (A) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Indenture if such exchange or transfer is to occur prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period with respect to such Regulation S Global Note or (B) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture if such exchange or transfer is to occur after the expiration of such Distribution Compliance Period, in each case appropriately completed and signed by the transferor.

 

(iii)                               If the proposed transfer is an exchange of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note for a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or the transfer of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note and such exchange or transfer is to occur prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period with respect to such Regulation S Global Note, the transferor of such beneficial interest shall deliver to the Registrar prior to any such exchange or transfer a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E to the Indenture, appropriately completed and signed by such transferor.

 

(iv)                              Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such original Global Note and will become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for so long as it remains such an interest.

 

(v)                                 Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix A, a Global Note may not be transferred except as provided in the first sentence of Section 2.15(b) of the Indenture.

 

App-A-7

 

(d)                                 Legend.

 

(i)                                     Each Global Note shall bear the following or a similar legend (or, if DTC is not the Depositary for such Global Note, any other legend that may be required by whosoever shall be the Depositary) (the “Global Notes Legend”) on the face thereof:

 

“UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY (AS DEFINED BELOW) OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

“UNLESS AND UNTIL THIS NOTE IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN CERTIFICATED FORM UNDER THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES PERMITTED BY THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO BELOW, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY DTC TO A NOMINEE THEREOF OR BY A NOMINEE THEREOF TO DTC OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF DTC OR BY DTC OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR OF DTC OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR.”

 

(ii)                                  Each Rule 144 Global Note and any Certificated Notes issued in exchange for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note shall bear the following legend or a legend to substantially the following effect (the “Rule 144A Legend”) on the face thereof unless such legend is removed in accordance with the Indenture (including, without limitation, this Appendix A):

 

“THIS NOTE (INCLUDING ANY RELATED GUARANTEES) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED FOR OFFER OR SALE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT AND ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”) (A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER”)) TO WHOM NOTICE HAS BEEN GIVEN THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL, ASSIGN, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE DISPOSE OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION

 

App-A-8

 

HEREIN, PRIOR TO (X) THE DATE WHICH IS SIX MONTHS (ASSUMING THE COMPANY (AS DEFINED BELOW) SATISFIES THE CURRENT PUBLIC REPORTING REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR ONE YEAR (IF THE COMPANY DOES NOT) AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR HERETO) AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY “AFFILIATE” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION AND (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY ANY SUBSEQUENT CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF THE COMPANY’S SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH IS EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THIS NOTE IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF, AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH, REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO, IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL, AND TO COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND WITH THE PROCEDURES SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO BELOW, INCLUDING THE DELIVERY OF ANY CERTIFICATE, OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER INFORMATION THAT MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE OR THE COMPANY. THIS LEGEND MAY ONLY BE REMOVED AT THE INSTRUCTION OF THE COMPANY TO THE TRUSTEE.”

 

(iii)          Each Regulation S Global Note and any Certificated Note issued in exchange for interests in a Regulation S Global Note during the applicable Distribution Compliance Period shall bear the following legend or a legend to substantially the following effect (the “Regulation S Legend”) on the face thereof unless such legend is removed in accordance with the Indenture (including, without limitation, this Appendix A):

 

“THIS NOTE (INCLUDING ANY RELATED GUARANTEES) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED FOR OFFER OR SALE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE

 

App-A-9

 

OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION. PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE 40-DAY “DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S (“REGULATION S”) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), THIS NOTE (INCLUDING ANY RELATED GUARANTEES) OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN (1) MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF WITHIN THE UNITED STATES (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S) OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S), EXCEPT TO A PERSON REASONABLY BELIEVED TO BE A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER SUCH QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON SUCH RULE 144A IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (2) EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (1) ABOVE, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR DISPOSED OF EXCEPT TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF, AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH, REGULATION S, AND IN EACH CASE SUCH OFFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR DISPOSITION MUST COMPLY WITH THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND WITH THE PROCEDURES SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO BELOW, INCLUDING THE DELIVERY OF ANY CERTIFICATE, OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER INFORMATION THAT MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE OR THE COMPANY. THIS LEGEND MAY ONLY BE REMOVED AT THE INSTRUCTION OF THE COMPANY TO THE TRUSTEE.”

 

(iv)          Except as permitted by this Section 2.2, in addition to bearing the applicable legend set forth in clause (ii) or (iii) above, each Certificated Note will bear the following legend or a legend to substantially the following effect (the “Certificated Note Restricted Legend”) on the face thereof unless such legend is removed in accordance with the Indenture (including, without limitation, this Appendix A):

 

“IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE OF THIS NOTE, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS AND OTHER INFORMATION AS THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO BELOW OR THE COMPANY MAY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE COMPLIES WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE OR OTHER SECURITIES LAWS.”

 

(v)           Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note (including any Transfer Restricted Note represented by a Restricted Global Note) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act:

 

App-A-10

 

(A)  in the case of any Transfer Restricted Note that is a Certificated Note, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to transfer such Transfer Restricted Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Certificated Note that does not bear a Restricted Notes Legend; and

 

(B)  in the case of any Transfer Restricted Note that is represented by a Restricted Global Note, the Registrar shall permit the owner of a beneficial interest therein to transfer such Transfer Restricted Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note,

 

in either case, if the Holder of such Note or the owner of such beneficial interest, as the case may be, complies with the requirements of the second paragraph of Section 2.2(b) of this Appendix A (assuming for that purpose, in the case of the transfer of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, that such Restricted Global Note were a Certificated Note that bears a Restricted Notes Legend and that such second paragraph applies to a transfer of such beneficial interest, mutatis mutandis), including, without limitation, the delivery of a legal opinion to the effect specified in such paragraph for a transfer pursuant to Rule 144 and a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F to the Indenture, appropriately completed and signed by the transferor.

 

(vi)          After a transfer of any Transfer Restricted Notes, pursuant to an effective Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Transfer Restricted Notes, all requirements pertaining to Restricted Notes Legend on such Notes will cease to apply and the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of a written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available to or upon the order of the Holders thereof: (A) if such Transfer Restricted Notes are then represented by one or more Global Notes, one or more Unrestricted Global Notes equal to the aggregate principal amounts of such Transfer Restricted Notes (provided that, if at the time there is an existing Unrestricted Global Note, then, in lieu of authenticating and delivering a new Unrestricted Global Note, the interests in such Transfer Restricted Notes may instead be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of interests in such existing Unrestricted Global Note) or (B) if such Transfer Restricted Notes are then represented by Certificated Notes, Certificated Notes that do not bear a Restricted Notes Legend, in each case equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Transfer Restricted Notes. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly and shall instruct the Note Custodian to decrease or reflect on its records a decrease in the principal amount of such Restricted Global Note (and to record such decrease by endorsement on the Schedule attached to such Restricted Global Note) in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Transfer Restricted Notes so transferred, and shall either cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Unrestricted Global Note to be increased accordingly and shall instruct the Note Custodian to increase or reflect on its records an increase in the principal amount of such Unrestricted Global Notes (and to record such increase by endorsement on the Schedule attached to such Unrestricted Global Note) or shall mail or otherwise deliver the Certificated Notes that do not bear a Restricted Notes Legend to the transferees of the Notes so transferred or any Persons designated by such transferees, as the case may be. In

 

App-A-11

 

connection with any such transfer of Transfer Restricted Notes, the transferor shall deliver to the Registrar or co-Registrar a certificate in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture, appropriately completed and signed by such transferor, to the effect that such transfer is being made pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, unless the Company waives the delivery of such certificate.

 

(vii)         Upon the consummation of an Exchange Offer with respect to any Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to which Holders of such Transfer Restricted Notes receive Exchange Notes pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act in exchange for their Transfer Restricted Notes, the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an order from the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available to or upon the order of the Holders thereof whose Initial Notes or Additional Notes have been accepted for exchange by the Company in such Exchange Offer: (A) if such Transfer Restricted Notes are then represented by one or more Global Notes, Exchange Notes represented by one or more Unrestricted Global Notes equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Transfer Restricted Notes that are accepted for exchange by the Company in the Exchange Offer (provided that, if at the time there is an existing Unrestricted Global Note, then, in lieu of authenticating and delivering a new Unrestricted Global Note, the interests in such Transfer Restricted Notes may instead be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of interests in such existing Unrestricted Global Note) or (B) if such Transfer Restricted Notes are then represented by Certificated Notes, Exchange Notes represented by Certificated Notes that do not bear a Restricted Notes Legend, in each case equal to the aggregate principal amounts of such Transfer Restricted Notes that are accepted for exchange by the Company in the Exchange Offer.  Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Registrar shall, if applicable, cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly and shall instruct the Note Custodian to decrease or reflect on its records a decrease in the principal amount of such Restricted Global Note (and to record such decrease by endorsement on the Schedule attached to such Restricted Global Note) in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Notes being exchanged and shall either cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Unrestricted Global Note to be increased by a like principal amount and shall instruct the Note Custodian to increase or reflect on its records a like increase in the principal amount of such Unrestricted Global Notes (and to record such increase by endorsement on the Schedule attached to such Unrestricted Global Note) or shall mail or otherwise deliver a like principal amount of Certificated Notes that do not bear a Restricted Notes Legend to the Holders of the Notes so exchanged or any Persons designated by such Holders pursuant to such Exchange Offer, as the case may be.  Any Exchange Notes so issued shall be registered in the names of the Holders of the Notes exchanged therefor or in the names of the Persons designated by such Holders in accordance with the terms of such Exchange Offer.

 

(viii)        Registered Additional Notes shall not be required to bear a Restricted Notes Legend.

 

(e)           Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note.  At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Certificated Notes or transferred in

 

App-A-12

 

exchange for interests in an Unrestricted Global Note, or all of the outstanding Notes shall have been redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Certificated Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note or redeemed, repurchased or canceled or if a beneficial interest in another Global Note is transferred in exchange for an interest in such Global Note or if Additional Notes or Exchange Notes are issued and are to be evidenced by such Global Note, then in each case, the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note or Global Notes to be reduced or increased, as applicable, and shall instruct the Note Custodian to decrease or increase, or reflect on its records a decrease or increase, as the case may be, in the principal amount of such Global Note or Global Notes (and to record such decrease or increase, as the case may be, by endorsement on the Schedule attached to each such Global Note in the applicable principal amount).

 

App-A-13

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

 

[If Global Note, insert Global Note Legend from Appendix A]

 

[If Certificated Note, insert Certificated Note Legend from Appendix A](1)

 

[If Rule 144 Note, insert Rule 144A Legend from Appendix A](2)

 

[If Regulation S Note, insert Regulation S Legend from Appendix A](3)

 

(1)  Not required for Exchange Notes or other Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear a Restricted Notes Legend.

 

(2)  Not required for Exchange Notes or other Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear a Restricted Notes Legend.

 

(3)  Not required for Exchange Notes or other Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear a Restricted Notes Legend.

 

A-1

 

No.:

 

Starwood Property Trust, Inc.

 

5.000% Senior Note due 2021

 

	
 
    	
CUSIP   No.:
    	
[·](4)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
ISIN   No.:
    	
[·](5)
    

 

Starwood Property Trust, Inc., a Maryland corporation, promises to pay to [                                  ], or registered assigns, the principal sum [of [      ] Dollars](6) [set forth on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto (as the same may be revised from time to time)](7) on December 15, 2021.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  June 15 and December 15, commencing on June 15, 2017.

 

Record Dates:  June 1 and December 1.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

(4)  Rule 144A Note CUSIP:  85571B AE5
 Regulation S Note CUSIP:  U85656 AA1
 Unrestricted Note CUSIP:  85571B AG0

 

(5)  Rule 144A Note ISIN:   US85571BAE56
 Regulation S Note ISIN:  USU85656AA17
 Unrestricted Note ISIN:  US85571BAG05

 

(6)  Insert for Certificated Notes.

 

(7)  Insert for Global Notes.  If the Note is to be issued in global form, also include the attachment hereto captioned “SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE”.

 

A-2

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized Officers.

 

	
 
    	
STARWOOD   PROPERTY TRUST, INC.
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    

 

A-3

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the 5.000% Senior Notes due 2021 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

Dated:

 

	
 
    	
THE   BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
    
	
 
    	
as Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Authorized   Signatory
    

 

A-4

 

(REVERSE OF NOTE)

 

5.000% Senior Note due 2021

 

Section 1.  Interest

 

Starwood Property Trust, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company,” which term includes its successors under the Indenture referred to below), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate of 5.000% per annum until December 15, 2021 or such earlier date on which the principal of this Note shall have been paid or duly provided for.  The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year (each an “Interest Payment Date”) or, if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day, commencing June 15, 2017.  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from and including December 16, 2016; provided that if this Note is authenticated between a Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest on this Note shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date.  Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

Section 2.  Method of Payment

 

Interest on the Notes payable on any Interest Payment Date will be paid to the Persons who are the Holders of record of the Notes at the close of business on the Record Date (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.  Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to receive payments of principal and premium, if any.  The Company will pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in U.S. Legal Tender.  The Company will pay the principal and premium, if any, on, and may pay interest on, any Certificated Notes at the office or agency maintained by the Company for such purpose in New York, New York, upon surrender of such Certificated Notes by the Holders thereof at such office or agency.  Interest on any Certificated Notes may also be paid, at the Company’s option, by check mailed to the registered addresses of the Holders entitled thereto or by wire transfer to accounts in the United States of America specified by such Holders.  The Company will pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on Global Notes registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee in immediately available funds to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as Holder of such Global Notes.

 

Section 3.  Paying Agent and Registrar

 

Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Company may replace or change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co Registrar so long as there is a Paying Agent and Registrar in New York, New York, and may appoint additional Paying Agents and co-Registrars, in each case without notice to Holders.  The Company or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries may act as Registrar, co Registrar or Paying Agent.

 

A-5

 

Section 4.  Indenture

 

The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of December 16, 2016 (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”) between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (together with its successors in such capacity, the “Trustee”).  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA.  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms.  Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined in this Note have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.

 

Section 5.  Optional Redemption

 

(a)           Prior to September 15, 2021 (the “Par Call Date”), the Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at the Company’s option at any time and from time to time at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on any Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to such Redemption Date).

 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date for such Note, the greater of: (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value as of such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note on the Par Call Date (such redemption price being 100% of the principal amount of such Note) plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note to, but excluding, the Par Call Date, excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (b) the principal amount of such Note. Calculation of the Applicable Premium and the Treasury Rate will be made by the Company or on behalf of the Company by such Person as the Company shall designate; provided, however, that such calculation shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee.

 

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to a Redemption Date for any Note, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the first day on which the Company mails or otherwise transmits the notice of redemption or, in the case of redemption in connection with Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or satisfaction and discharge pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.01 of the Indenture, as applicable, at least two Business Days prior to the deposit of trust funds with the Trustee in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Company)) most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to the Par Call Date; provided, however, that if such period is not equal to the constant maturity of the United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if such period is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

 

A-6

 

(b)           On and after the Par Call Date, the Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at the Company’s option at any time and from time to time at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on any Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to such Redemption Date).

 

(c)           Prior to December 15, 2019, the Company will be entitled at its option on one or more occasions to redeem the Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including any Additional Notes) originally issued prior to the applicable Redemption Date at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) of 105.000%, plus accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on any Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to such Redemption Date), with the Net Cash Proceeds from one or more Qualified Equity Offerings; provided, however, that:

 

(1)           at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) originally issued prior to the applicable Redemption Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (other than Notes held, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any of its Affiliates); and

 

(2)           each such redemption occurs within 180 days after the date of the closing of the related Qualified Equity Offering.

 

(d)           Any redemption of the Notes pursuant to this Section 5 may, in the Company’s sole discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent and, in such case, if any such condition is not satisfied as and when required or waived by the Company, the applicable Redemption Date may be delayed by the Company in its sole discretion and the Company in its sole discretion may cancel such redemption and rescind any notice of redemption, all as further provided in the Indenture.

 

Section 6.  Sinking Fund

 

Except as described in Section 8 below, the Company is not required to make any mandatory redemption, mandatory repurchase or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. The Company may at any time and from time to time acquire Notes by means other than a redemption or a repurchase pursuant to Section 8 below, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise.

 

Section 7.  Selection of Notes for Redemption; Notice of Redemption

 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee pro rata or by lot; provided that, in the case of Notes represented by one or more Global Notes, interests in the Global Notes will be selected for redemption by the Depositary in accordance with its applicable procedures therefor.

 

A-7

 

Notes shall be redeemed in a minimum principal amount of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided that the remaining principal amount of any Note redeemed in part shall be $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.  Notice of any redemption will be given as provided in the Indenture at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the applicable Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed.

 

On and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited with a Paying Agent, on or before the applicable Redemption Date, funds in an amount sufficient to pay the redemption price of the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on such Redemption Date and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, such Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on any Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to such Redemption Date), and the only remaining right of the Holders of the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption will be to receive payment of the redemption price and such accrued and unpaid interest, if any, upon surrender of the Notes to be redeemed to the Paying Agent.

 

Section 8.  Repurchase of Notes at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control Triggering Event

 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, each Holder of Notes will have the right (unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes then outstanding pursuant to Section 5 above by sending (or causing the Trustee to send) a notice of redemption as provided in Article 3 of the Indenture) to require that the Company purchase all or a portion of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the applicable Change of Control Payment Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on any Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date).

 

Interest on Notes (or portions thereof) validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue on and after the applicable Change of Control Payment Date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price of the Notes).

 

Section 9.  Guarantees

 

In the event that one or more Guarantors shall guarantee payment of the Notes as provided in Article 10 of the Indenture, the payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed, jointly and severally, by such Guarantors on the terms, to the extent and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in the Indenture, including provisions for the release and termination or suspension of such Guarantees and the obligations of each Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes and the Indenture.

 

A-8

 

Section 10.  Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

 

The Notes are issued in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations as requested by the Holder if the Registrar’s or co-Registrar’s requirements and the requirements under the Indenture (including, if applicable, Appendix A of the Indenture) for such transaction are met. The Company, the Registrar, any co-Registrar and the Trustee may also require a Holder to furnish endorsements and transfer documents as any of them may reasonably request in connection with the registration of transfer or exchange of Notes in addition to any documents that are required or may be required as provided in the Indenture (including, without limitation, Appendix A thereto), and the Company, the Registrar, any co-Registrar and the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith. The Registrar or any co-Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note (i) during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the mailing (or, if not mailed, other transmittal) of a notice of redemption of Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing (or other transmittal), (ii) selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article 3 of the Indenture, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, (iii) between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, or (iv) tendered for repurchase pursuant to a Change of Control Offer and not validly withdrawn.

 

Section 11.  Persons Deemed Owners

 

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Holder of a Note may be treated as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes.

 

Section 12.  Unclaimed Money

 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, if money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request.  After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company as a general creditor and not to the Trustee or Paying Agent for payment.

 

Section 13.  Discharge, Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance; Covenant Suspension

 

Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time may terminate some of or all its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money and/or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.  Subject to certain conditions, certain of the Company’s covenants and obligations under the Indenture may be suspended.  Upon any such termination or suspension, any Guarantees of the Notes, and the obligations of any Guarantors under the Indenture and their Guarantees, will also be terminated or suspended, as applicable.

 

A-9

 

Section 14.  Amendment, Waiver, Deemed Consents, Releases

 

The Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantees or any other guarantees thereof  may be modified, amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture, and compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees or any other guarantees thereof may be waived, as provided in the Indenture.  Any modification, amendment, supplement or waiver shall be conclusive and binding on all present and future Holders of Notes, whether or not notation of such modification, amendment, supplement or waiver is made upon the Notes.

 

Section 15.  Defaults and Remedies

 

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default resulting from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency relating to the Company) shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the outstanding Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company as provided in the Indenture.  If an Event of Default resulting from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency relating to the Company occurs and is continuing, then all principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all of the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind and cancel any such acceleration and its consequences on the terms and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

 

Section 16.  Individual Rights of Trustee

 

The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11 of the Indenture.

 

Section 17.  No Recourse Against Others

 

A director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, partner or member of, or owner of an equity interest in, the Company or any Guarantor shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture or the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note shall be deemed to have waived and released all such liability.  Such waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

Section 18.  Successors

 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, when a successor assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the predecessor will be released from those obligations.

 

A-10

 

Section 19.  Authentication

 

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the face of this Note.

 

Section 20.  Abbreviations

 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

Section 21.            Governing Law.

 

This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, as applied to contracts made and performed within the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

Section 22.            CUSIP and ISIN Numbers.

 

The Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices to Holders as a convenience to Holders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

[Section 23.           Additional Interest.(8)]

 

[On the terms and subject to the conditions specified in the Registration Rights Agreement dated December 16, 2016 among the Company and the Initial Purchasers, the Company may be required to pay Additional Interest on this Note.]

 

(8)  This section to be included in any Notes that bear a Restricted Notes Legend and that are entitled to receive Additional Interest, if any, under a Registration Rights Agreement.  If a Note is entitled to receive Additional Interest, if any, under a Registration Rights Agreement other than the Registration Rights Agreement referred to above, Section 23 may be appropriately revised to refer to the applicable Registration Rights Agreement.

 

A-11

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

 

and irrevocably appoint                                               as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Date:
    	
 
    	
Your Signature(s):  
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Sign   exactly as your name(s) appear(s) on the face of this Note.
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature   Guarantee:
    	
 
    	
 
    
						

Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee.

 

A-12

 

[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

 

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is $[        ].  The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

	
Date of
   Exchange
    	
 
    	
Amount of decrease in
   principal amount of this
   Global Note
    	
 
    	
Amount of increase in
   principal amount of this
   Global Note
    	
 
    	
Principal amount of this
   Global Note following such
   decrease or increase
    	
 
    	
Signature of authorized
   signatory of Trustee or
   Notes Custodian
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

A-13

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 (Change of Control Triggering Event) of the Indenture, check this box:  0

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 of the Indenture, state the principal amount of this Note you elect to have purchased (if no amount is specified below it means you are electing to have this Note purchased by the Company in its entirety):

 

$                                          *

 

	
Date:
    	
 
    	
Your Signature(s):  
    	
 
    	
 
    

(Sign exactly as your name(s) appear(s) on the face of this Note)

 

	
Signature   Guarantee:
    	
 
    	
 
    

Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty 
 medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee.

 

*Must be $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided that the unpurchased portion of a Note must be a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

A-14

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of                       among [GUARANTOR] (the “New Guarantor”), a subsidiary of Starwood Property Trust, Inc. [or name of its successor], a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), [the Guarantors (the “Existing Guarantors”) under the Indenture referred to below as of the date hereto,] and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture, dated as of December 16, 2016 (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 5.000% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS Section 4.10 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Company is required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee the payment of the Notes on the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee[, the Existing Guarantors] and the Company are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Company[, the Existing Guarantors] and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

1.  Agreement to Guarantee.  The New Guarantor hereby agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and, jointly and severally with all other Guarantors (if any), to unconditionally guarantee the due and punctual payment of the Guarantee Obligations (as defined in the Indenture) on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by (and the New Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefits of) all other provisions of the Indenture applicable to a Guarantor, including, without limitation, provisions of the Indenture providing for the release and termination of the New Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes and the Indenture or the suspension of such obligations.

 

2.  Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture.  Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect.  This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

 

3.  Governing Law.  THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED

 

B-1

 

WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

 

4.  Trustee Makes No Representation.  The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture and shall not be responsible for the recitals contained herein, all which recitals are made solely by the other parties hereto.

 

5.  Counterparts.  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent the same agreement.  The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or pdf transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture and signature pages for all purposes.

 

6.  Effect of Headings.  The Section headings herein are for convenience only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof, shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof and shall not affect the construction thereof.

 

B-2

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

	
 
    	
STARWOOD   PROPERTY TRUST, INC.
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
[NEW   GUARANTOR]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
[NAMES   OF EXISTING GUARANTORS]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
[By:
    	
]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
[Name:]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
[Title:]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
THE   BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    

 

B-3

 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE FROM RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE TO REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD

 

The Bank of New York Mellon 
  101 Barclay Street, Floor 7W
 New York, New York 10286
 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

Re: Starwood Property Trust, Inc.  
 $[   ] 5.000% Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture dated as of December 16, 2016 between Starwood Property Trust, Inc. (the “Company”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “Trustee”) (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”).  Capitalized terms not defined in this Certificate shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

This Certificate relates to $[  ] aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP No. 85571B AE5 / ISIN No. US85571BAE56) held through DTC by or on behalf of [TRANSFEROR], as beneficial owner (the “Transferor”).  The Transferor has requested an exchange or transfer of the foregoing principal amount of its beneficial interest for an interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No. U85656 AA1 / ISIN No. USU85656AA17) to be held by [[Euroclear] [Clearstream] through DTC.

 

In connection with such request and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor hereby certifies that such exchange or transfer is being effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Notes and the Indenture and pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 (as applicable) of Regulation S (“Regulation S”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and accordingly the Transferor hereby represents, covenants or agrees as follows:

 

(1) the offer of such Notes was not made to a Person in the United States (as defined in Regulation S);

 

(2) either: (A) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or the Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (B) the transaction was executed in, on or through (i) a physical trading floor of an established foreign securities exchange that is located outside the United States in the case of a transfer pursuant to Rule 903 of Regulation S or (ii) the facilities of a designated offshore securities market (as defined in Regulation S) in the case of a transfer pursuant to Rule 904 of Regulation S and neither the Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, and in each of the foregoing cases such transfer or exchange is otherwise being made in an offshore transaction within the meaning of, and in compliance with, Regulation S;

 

C-1

 

(3) no directed selling efforts  (as defined in Regulation S) have been or will be made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a) or 904(a) of Regulation S, as applicable;

 

(4) if the Transferor is a dealer in securities or has received a selling concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the Notes covered by this Certificate, then the requirements of Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S have been satisfied;

 

(5) the transfer or exchange, as applicable, is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person;

 

(6) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

 

(7) upon completion of the transfer or exchange, as applicable, the beneficial interest being transferred or exchanged as described above will be held with DTC through Euroclear or Clearstream or both.

 

This Certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

	
 
    	
[TRANSFEROR]
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Dated:
    	
 
    

 

C-2

 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR THE TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE FROM RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE TO REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD

 

The Bank of New York Mellon 
  101 Barclay Street, Floor 7W
 New York, New York 10286
 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

Re: Starwood Property Trust, Inc.  
 $[   ] 5.000% Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture dated as of December 16, 2016 between Starwood Property Trust, Inc. (the “Company”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “Trustee”) (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”).  Capitalized terms not defined in this Certificate shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

This Certificate relates to $[  ] aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP No. 85571B AE5 / ISIN No. US85571BAE56) held through DTC by or on behalf of [TRANSFEROR], as beneficial owner (the “Transferor”).  The Transferor has requested an exchange or transfer of the foregoing principal amount of its beneficial interest for an interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No. U85656 AA1 / ISIN No. USU85656AA17) to be held by [[Euroclear] [Clearstream] through] DTC.

 

In connection with such request and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor hereby certifies that such exchange or transfer is being effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Notes and the Indenture and pursuant to and in accordance with either (1) Regulation S (“Regulation S”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or (2) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and accordingly the Transferor hereby represents, covenants or agrees as follows:

 

(1) with respect to transfers and exchanges made in reliance on Regulation S (including any such transfers and exchanges made after the U.S. Resale Restriction Termination Date):

 

(A)                               the offer of such Notes was not made to a Person in the United States (as defined in Regulation S);

 

(B)                               either: (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or the Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through (i) a physical trading floor of an established foreign securities exchange that is located outside the United States in the case of a transfer pursuant to Rule 903 of Regulation S or (ii) the facilities of a designated offshore securities market (as defined in Regulation S) in the case of a transfer pursuant to Rule 904 of Regulation S and neither the Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States, and in each of the foregoing cases

 

D-1

 

such transfer or exchange is otherwise being made in an offshore transaction within the meaning of, and in compliance with, Regulation S;

 

(C)                               no directed selling efforts (as defined in Regulation S) have been or will be made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a) or 904(a) of Regulation S, as applicable; and

 

(D)                               the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; or

 

(2) with respect to transfers made after the U.S. Resale Restriction Termination Date: such Notes are being transferred in a transaction permitted by, and in compliance with, Rule 144 under the Securities Act and the Transferor is contemporaneously delivering the legal opinion required pursuant to Sections 2.2(b) and 2.2(d)(v) of Appendix A to the Indenture in connection with such transfer.

 

This Certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

	
 
    	
[TRANSFEROR]
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Dated:
    	
 
    

 

D-2

 

EXHIBIT E

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE 
 FOR TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE FROM REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE
 TO RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE PRIOR TO THE 
 EXPIRATION OF THE DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD

 

The Bank of New York Mellon 
  101 Barclay Street, Floor 7W
 New York, New York 10286
 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

Re: Starwood Property Trust, Inc.  
 $[   ] 5.000% Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture dated as of December 16, 2016 between Starwood Property Trust, Inc. (the “Company”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “Trustee”) (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”).  Capitalized terms not defined in this Certificate shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

This Certificate relates to $[  ] aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No. U85656 AA1 / ISIN No. USU85656AA17) held through DTC by or on behalf of [TRANSFEROR], as beneficial owner (the “Transferor”).  The Transferor has requested an exchange or transfer of the foregoing principal amount of its beneficial interest for an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP No. 85571B AE5 / ISIN No. US85571BAE56) to be held by through DTC.

 

In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor hereby certifies that such transfer or exchange, as applicable,  is being effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Notes and the Indenture and pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A (“Rule 144A”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), to a transferee that the Transferor reasonably believes is acquiring such Notes for its own account or an account with respect to which the transferee exercises sole investment discretion and the transferee and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A to whom notice has been given that such transfer or exchange, as applicable, is being made pursuant to Rule 144A, in each case in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.  The Transferor does further certify that it has notified the transferee that it has relied on Rule 144A as a basis for the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act used in connection with the transfer or exchange, as applicable.

 

This Certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

E-1

 

	
 
    	
[TRANSFEROR]
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Dated:
    	
 
    

 

E-2

 

EXHIBIT F

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR OTHER TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES

 

The Bank of New York Mellon 
  101 Barclay Street, Floor 7W
 New York, New York 10286
 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

Re: Starwood Property Trust, Inc.  
 $[   ] 5.000% Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture dated as of December 16, 2016 between Starwood Property Trust, Inc. (the “Company”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “Trustee”) (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”).  Capitalized terms not defined in this Certificate shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

This Certificate relates to $[  ] aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by [a Certificated Note, with serial no. [                         ], held by[TRANSFEROR] (the “Transferor”)][a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP No. 85571B AE5 / ISIN No. US85571BAE56) held through DTC by or on behalf of [TRANSFEROR], as beneficial owner (the “Transferor”)][a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No. U85656 AA1 / ISIN No. USU85656AA17) held through DTC by or on behalf of [TRANSFEROR], as beneficial owner (the “Transferor”)].  The Transferor has requested a transfer or an exchange of the foregoing principal amount of [such Note to [TRANSFEREE][its beneficial interest for an interest in an Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP No. 85571B AG0 / ISIN No. US85571BAG05) to be held through DTC].

 

In connection with such request and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such exchange or transfer is being effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Notes and the Indenture (including Appendix A thereto), and accordingly the Transferor does hereby represents, covenants or agrees as follows:

 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

(1)                                 o                                    such Notes are being transferred to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company; or

 

(2)                                 o                                    such Notes are being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or

 

(3)                                 o                                    such Notes are being transferred or exchanged, as applicable, pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A (“Rule 144A”) under the Securities Act, to a transferee that the Transferor reasonably believes is acquiring such Notes for its own account or an account with respect to which the transferee exercises sole investment discretion and the transferee and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A to whom notice has been given that such transfer or exchange, as applicable, is being made pursuant to Rule 144A, in each case in a

 

F-1

 

transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.  The Transferor does further certify that it has notified the transferee that it has relied on Rule 144A as a basis for the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act used in connection with the transfer or exchange, as applicable; or

 

(4)                                 o                                    [Regulation S Transfers prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period] such Notes are being transferred or exchanged, as applicable, pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 (as applicable) of Regulation S (“Regulation S”) under the Securities Act, and (i) the offer of such Notes was not made to a Person in the United States (as defined in Regulation S); (ii) either: (A) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or the Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (B) the transaction was executed in, on or through (x) a physical trading floor of an established foreign securities exchange that is located outside the United States in the case of a transfer pursuant to Rule 903 of Regulation S or (y) the facilities of a designated offshore securities market (as defined in Regulation S) in the case of a transfer pursuant to Rule 904 of Regulation S and neither the Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, and in each of the foregoing cases such transfer or exchange is otherwise being made in an offshore transaction within the meaning of, and in compliance with, Regulation S; (iii) no directed selling efforts (as defined in Regulation S) have been or will be made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a) or 904(a) of Regulation S, as applicable; (iv) if the Transferor is a dealer in securities or has received a selling concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the Notes covered by this Certificate, then the requirements of Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S have been satisfied; (v) the transfer or exchange, as applicable, is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person; (vi) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (vii) if such Notes are being transferred or exchanged, as applicable, for interests in a Regulation S Global Note, upon completion of the transfer or exchange, the beneficial interest being transferred or exchanged as described above will be held with DTC through Euroclear or Clearstream or both; or

 

(5)                                 o                                    [Regulation S Transfers after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period] such Notes are being transferred or exchanged, as applicable, pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S, and (i) the offer of such Notes was not made to a Person in the United States (as defined in Regulation S); (ii)        either: (A) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or the Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the transferee

 

F-2

 

was outside the United States, or (B) the transaction was executed in, on or through (x) a physical trading floor of an established foreign securities exchange that is located outside the United States in the case of a transfer pursuant to Rule 903 of Regulation S or (y) the facilities of a designated offshore securities market (as defined in Regulation S) in the case of a transfer pursuant to Rule 904 of Regulation S and neither the Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States, and in each of the foregoing cases such transfer or exchange is otherwise being made in an offshore transaction within the meaning of, and in compliance with, Regulation S; (iii)     no directed selling efforts (as defined in Regulation S) have been or will be made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a) or 904(a) of Regulation S, as applicable; and (iv) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; or

 

(6)                                 o                                    such Notes are being transferred pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 or another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Transferor is contemporaneously delivering the legal opinion required pursuant to Section 2.2(b) and/or Section 2.2(d)(v) of Appendix A to the Indenture in connection with such transfer.

 

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Registrar or co-Registrar will refuse to register any of the Notes to be transferred or exchanged in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (6) is checked, the Transferor shall be required to deliver to the Registrar or co-Registrar the legal opinion referred to in Section 2.2(b) of Appendix A to the Indenture; and provided, further, that in any such case the Transferor may be required to deliver such additional certifications, legal opinions and other information as may be required by the Company to determine that the proposed transfer or exchange is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable state or other securities laws.

 

This Certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

	
 
    	
[TRANSFEROR]
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Dated:
    	
 
    

 

F-3Exhibit 4.2

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated December 16, 2016 (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and among Starwood Property Trust, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”) and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“J.P. Morgan”), as representative of the initial purchasers (collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”) named in the Purchase Agreement dated December 9, 2016 (the “Purchase Agreement”) among the Company, SPT Management, LLC and J.P. Morgan.

 

The Purchase Agreement provides for the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of $700,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 5.000% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Securities”) which may, in certain circumstances, be guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by certain Guarantors.  As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide, and any Guarantors will provide, to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.

 

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Definitions.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Additional Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof.

 

“Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

 

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include the Company’s successors.

 

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

“Exchange Dates” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof.

 

“Exchange Offer” shall mean the exchange offer by the Company and any Guarantors of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

 

“Exchange Offer Registration” shall mean a registration under the Securities Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

 

“Exchange Securities” shall mean senior notes issued by the Company and, in certain circumstances, guaranteed by the Guarantors under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Securities (except that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase in annual interest rate for failure to comply with this Agreement) and to be offered to Holders of Securities in exchange for Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

 

“FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

 

 

“Free Writing Prospectus” means each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company in connection with the sale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities.

 

“Guarantees” shall mean the guarantees of the Securities (if any) and guarantees of the Exchange Securities (if any), in each case by the Guarantors under the Indenture.

 

“Guarantor” shall mean any subsidiary of the Company that executes a Guarantee under the Indenture after the date of this Agreement and any such subsidiary’s successor that Guarantees the Securities.

 

“Holders” shall mean the Initial Purchasers, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture; provided that, for purposes of Section 4 and Section 5 hereof, the term “Holders” shall include Participating Broker-Dealers.

 

“Indemnified Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

“Indemnifying Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

“Indenture” shall mean the indenture relating to the Securities, dated as of December 16, 2016 between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, and as may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, including any supplemental indenture for the additional of any Guarantee by a Guarantor.

 

“Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Inspector” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(xiv) hereof.

 

“Majority Holders” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, any Registrable Securities owned directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its affiliates shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount; and provided, further, that if the Company shall issue any additional Securities under the Indenture prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement, such additional Securities and the Registrable Securities to which this Agreement relates shall be treated together as one class for purposes of determining whether the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities has been obtained.

 

“Notice and Questionnaire” shall mean a notice of registration statement and selling security holder questionnaire distributed to a Holder by the Company upon receipt of a Shelf Request from such Holder.

 

“Participating Broker-Dealers” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

“Participating Holder” shall mean any Holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 2(b) hereof.

 

“Person” shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

“Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in, or, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities Act, deemed a part of, a Registration Statement, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including any document incorporated by reference therein.

 

2

 

“Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided that the Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) when such Securities cease to be outstanding, (iii) except in the case of Securities that otherwise remain Registrable Securities and that are held by an Initial Purchaser and that are ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, when the Exchange Offer is completed or (iv) when such Securities are sold or transferred pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

“Registration Default” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the Exchange Offer, if required pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof, is not completed on or prior to the Target Registration Date, (ii) any Shelf Registration Statement, if required pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof, has not been filed and declared effective by the SEC in accordance with Section 2(b) hereof or (iii) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by this Agreement, has become effective and thereafter ceases to be effective at any time at which it is required to be effective under this Agreement.

 

“Registration Expenses” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company and any Guarantors with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or FINRA registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any Underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements or other similar agreements and any other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all rating agency fees, (v) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and any Guarantors and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Participating Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Participating Holders holding a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities held by such Participating Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchasers) and (viii) the fees and disbursements of the independent registered public accountants of the Company and any Guarantors, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder.

 

“Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors (if any) that covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

 

“SEC” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

 

“Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.

 

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors (if any) that covers all or a portion of the Registrable Securities (but no other securities unless approved by a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities held by the Participating Holders) on an appropriate

 

3

 

form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

 

“Shelf Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

 

“Staff” shall mean the staff of the SEC.

 

“Target Registration Date” shall mean December 16, 2017, which is 360 days after the initial issuance of the Securities.

 

“Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time.

 

“Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.

 

“Underwriter” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(e) hereof.

 

“Underwritten Offering” shall mean an offering in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to the public.

 

2.                                      Registration Under the Securities Act.  (a)  To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, the Company and any Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to (x) file with the SEC an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an offer to the Holders to exchange all the Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities and (y) cause such Registration Statement to become and remain effective until 180 days after the last Exchange Date for use by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers. The Company and any Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer by the Target Registration Date.

 

The Company and any Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing the related Prospectus, appropriate letters of transmittal and other accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law, substantially the following:

 

(i)                                   that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange;

 

(ii)                                the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 Business Days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Exchange Dates”);

 

(iii)                             that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest but will not retain any rights under this Agreement, except as otherwise specified herein;

 

(iv)                            that any Holder electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to (A) surrender such Registrable Security, together with the appropriate letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address and in the manner specified in the notice, or (B) effect such exchange otherwise in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for such Registrable Security, in each case prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and

 

(v)                               that any Holder will be entitled to withdraw its election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange Date, by (A) sending to the institution and at the address specified in the notice, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is

 

4

 

withdrawing its election to have such Securities exchanged or (B) effecting such withdrawal in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for the Registrable Securities.

 

As a condition to participating in the Exchange Offer, a Holder will be required to represent to the Company and any Guarantors that (1) any Exchange Securities to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (2) at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (3) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company or any Guarantor and (4) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such Holder will deliver a Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a Prospectus to purchasers) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

 

As soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date, the Company and any Guarantors shall:

 

(i)                                   accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and

 

(ii)                                deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Company and issue, and cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Securities equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities tendered by such Holder.

 

The Company and any Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer.  The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff.

 

(b)                                 In the event that (i) the Company and any Guarantors determine that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a) hereof is not available or the Exchange Offer may not be completed because it would violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason completed by the Target Registration Date or (iii) upon receipt of a written request (a “Shelf Request”) from any Initial Purchaser representing that it holds Registrable Securities that are or were ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, the Company and any Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed on or prior to that date that is 90 days after the Target Registration Date a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale of all the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act; provided that no Holder will be entitled to have any Registrable Securities included in any Shelf Registration Statement, or entitled to use the prospectus forming a part of such Shelf Registration Statement, until such Holder shall have delivered a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire and provided such other information regarding such Holder to the Company as is contemplated by Section 3(b) hereof.

 

In the event that the Company and any Guarantors are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (iii) of the preceding sentence, the Company and any Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to file and have become effective both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof with respect to all Registrable Securities and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable Securities held by the Initial Purchasers after completion of the Exchange Offer.

 

The Company and any Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 3 hereof (A) to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement by the Holders of such Registrable Securities entitled to the benefit of this Section 2(b), (B) to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the

 

5

 

policies, rules and regulations of the SEC as announced from time to time, and (C) if reasonably requested by a Holder of Registrable Securities with respect to information regarding such Holder, for a period that ends upon the earliest of  (i) one year from the date on which such Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC, (ii) when all the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement or the Securities cease to be Registrable Securities or (iii) the date when the Holders of such Registrable Securities, other than Holders that are “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) of the Company or any Guarantors, are able to sell such Registrable Securities without restriction, and without reliance as to the availability of current public information, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto; provided that the Company and any Guarantors may delay the initial filing or suspend the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement (and suspend the use of the Prospectus that is part of such Shelf Registration Statement) for a period of up to 60 days in any three-month period, not to exceed 90 days in any calendar year, if the Company or any Guarantors determine in good faith that the initial filing or continuing effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement would require premature disclosure of material, non-public information that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Company or any Guarantors or a financing, acquisition, merger or other material transaction to which the Company or any Guarantors is a party or has under consideration, or such action is otherwise required by law.  For the avoidance of doubt, any such suspension by the Company in accordance with the foregoing proviso shall not constitute a Registration Default.

 

(c)                                  The Company and any Guarantors shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) hereof.  Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(d)                                 An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC.  A Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC or is automatically effective upon filing with the SEC as provided by Rule 462 under the Securities Act.

 

(e)                                  If a Registration Default occurs, the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by 0.25%  per annum (such interest, the “Additional Interest”) until but excluding the date such Registration Default ends.  A Registration Default ends when the Securities cease to be Registrable Securities or, if earlier, (1) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (i) of the definition thereof, when the Exchange Offer is completed, (2) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (ii) of the definition thereof, when the Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective or (3) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (iii) of the definition thereof, when the Shelf Registration Statement again becomes effective.  If at any time more than one Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, then, until the next date that there is no Registration Default, the increase in interest rate provided for by this paragraph shall apply as if there occurred a single Registration Default that begins on the date that the earliest such Registration Default occurred and ends on such next date that there is no Registration Default.

 

3.                                      Registration Procedures.  (a) In connection with their obligations pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, the Company and any Guarantors shall:

 

(i)                                     prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form (A) shall be selected by the Company and any Guarantors, (B) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and (C) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith; and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

 

(ii)                                  prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; and keep each Prospectus current during the period described in Section 4(3) of and Rule 174 under the Securities Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities;

 

6

 

(iii)                               to the extent any Free Writing Prospectus is used, file with the SEC any Free Writing Prospectus that is required to be filed by the Company or any Guarantors with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act and to retain any Free Writing Prospectus not required to be filed;

 

(iv)                              in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Participating Holder, to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, to counsel for such Participating Holders and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such Participating Holder, counsel or Underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities thereunder; and, subject to Section 3(c) hereof, the Company and any Guarantors consent to the use of such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or such Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the Participating Holders and any such Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or such Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law;

 

(v)                                 use their commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Participating Holder shall reasonably request in writing by the time the applicable Registration Statement becomes effective; cooperate with such Participating Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA; and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each Participating Holder to complete the disposition in each such jurisdiction of the Registrable Securities owned by such Participating Holder; provided that neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (2) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject;

 

(vi)                              notify counsel for the Initial Purchasers and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Participating Holder and counsel for such Participating Holders promptly and, if requested by any such Participating Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (1) when a Registration Statement has become effective, when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective, when any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed, (2) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement, Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (3) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, including the receipt by the Company of any notice of objection of the SEC to the use of a Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, (4) if, between the applicable effective date of a Shelf Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company or any Guarantor contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to an offering of such Registrable Securities cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Company or any Guarantor receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (5) of the happening of any event during the period a Registration Statement is effective that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (6) of any determination by the Company or any Guarantor that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus would be appropriate;

 

(vii)                           use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, the resolution of any objection of the SEC pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, including by filing an amendment to such Registration Statement on the proper form, at the earliest possible moment and provide immediate notice to each Holder or Participating Holder of the withdrawal of any such order or such resolution;

 

7

 

(viii)                        in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Participating Holder, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without any documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested);

 

(ix)                              in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the Participating Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) as such Participating Holders may reasonably request at least one Business Day prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;

 

(x)                                 upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(a)(vi)(5) hereof, use their commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available) to purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and the Company and any Guarantors shall notify the Participating Holders (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) and the Initial Purchasers and any Participating Broker-Dealers known to the Company (in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and such Participating Holders, such Participating Broker-Dealers and the Initial Purchasers, as applicable, hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, until the Company and any Guarantors have amended or supplemented the Prospectus or the Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to correct such misstatement or omission;

 

(xi)                              a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus or of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement, a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus after initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, to the Participating Holders and their counsel) and make such of the representatives of the Company and any Guarantors as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Participating Holders or their counsel) available for discussion of such document; and the Company and any Guarantors shall not, at any time after initial filing of a Registration Statement, use or file any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus, or any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement, a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus, of which the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Participating Holders and their counsel) shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Participating Holders or their counsel) shall object;

 

(xii)                           obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the initial effective date of a Registration Statement;

 

(xiii)                        cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be; cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute, and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

 

(xiv)                       in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for inspection by a representative of the Participating Holders (an “Inspector”), any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, any attorneys and accountants designated by a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities held by the Participating Holders and any attorneys and accountants designated by such Underwriter, at

 

8

 

reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all pertinent financial and other records, documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company and any Guarantors to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement; provided that if any such information is identified by the Company or any Guarantor as being confidential or proprietary, each Person receiving such information shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information to the extent such action is otherwise not inconsistent with, an impairment of or in derogation of the rights and interests of any Inspector, Holder or Underwriter);

 

(xv)                          in the case of a Shelf Registration, use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Securities to be listed on any securities exchange or any automated quotation system on which similar securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any Guarantor are then listed if requested by the Majority Holders, to the extent such Registrable Securities satisfy applicable listing requirements;

 

(xvi)                           in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement, if requested by any Holders named in such Shelf Registration Statement or the underwriter(s), if any, promptly include or incorporate in such Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such Holders and underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request to have included therein if such information is required by the rules and regulations of the SEC;

 

(xvii)                    in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into such customary agreements and take all such other actions in connection therewith (including those requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities including, but not limited to, an Underwritten Offering and in such connection, (1) to the extent possible, make such representations and warranties to the Participating Holders and any Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and the Registration Statement, Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and documents incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings and confirm the same if and when requested, (2) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and any Guarantors (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Participating Holders and such Underwriters and their respective counsel) addressed to each Participating Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings, (3) obtain “comfort” letters from the independent registered public accountants of the Company and any Guarantors (and, if necessary, any other registered public accountant of any subsidiary of the Company or any Guarantor, or of any business acquired by the Company or any Guarantor for which financial statements and financial data are or are required to be included in the Registration Statement) addressed to each Participating Holder (to the extent permitted by applicable professional standards) and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings, including but not limited to financial information contained in any preliminary prospectus, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus and (4) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold or the Underwriters, and which are customarily delivered in underwritten offerings, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties of the Company and any Guarantors made pursuant to clause (1) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in an underwriting agreement; and

 

(xviii)                 so long as any Registrable Securities remain outstanding, cause each Guarantor (if any) upon the creation or acquisition by the Company of such Guarantor, to execute a counterpart to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex A and to deliver such counterpart, together with an opinion of counsel as to the enforceability thereof against such entity, to the Initial Purchasers no later than five Business Days following the execution thereof.

 

(b)                                 In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish in writing, within 20 Business Days after receipt of a request therefor, to the Company a Notice and Questionnaire and such other information regarding such Holder and the proposed

 

9

 

disposition by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Company and any Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request.

 

(c)           Each Participating Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company and any Guarantors of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(a)(vi)(3) or Section 3(a)(vi)(5) hereof, such Participating Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement until such Participating Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(a)(x) hereof and, if so directed by the Company and any Guarantors, such Participating Holder will deliver to the Company and any Guarantors all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Participating Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that is current at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

(d)           If the Company and any Guarantors shall give a notice pursuant to Section 3(a)(x) hereof to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Company and any Guarantors shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders of such Registrable Securities shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions; provided, however, that no such extension shall be taken into account in determining whether Additional Interest is due pursuant to Section 2(e) hereof or the amount of such Additional Interest with respect to the Registrable Securities covered by or related to such Registration Statement, it being agreed that the suspension of a Registration Statement pursuant to this paragraph shall be treated as a Registration Default for purposes of Section 2(e) hereof in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement required pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof, if such suspension exceeds an aggregate of 30 days in any three-month period or an aggregate of 60 days in any six-month period, and in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof, if such suspension exceeds an aggregate of 60 days in any three month period or an aggregate of 90 days in any calendar year.

 

(e)           The Participating Holders who desire to do so may sell such Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering.  In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment bank or investment banks and manager or managers (each an “Underwriter”) that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities included in such offering.

 

4.             Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer.  (a)  The Staff has taken the position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”) may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

 

The Company and any Guarantors understand that it is the Staff’s position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Securities owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available to purchasers) to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the Securities Act in connection with resales of Exchange Securities for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act.

 

(b)           In light of the above, and notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company and any Guarantors agree to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 180 days from the date on which such Exchange Offer Registration Statement  is declared effective and (ii) the date on which a Participating Broker-Dealer is no longer required to deliver the Prospectus in connection with such resales, in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above.  The Company and any Guarantors further agree that Participating Broker-Dealers shall be

 

10

 

authorized to deliver such Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available) during such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4.

 

(c)           The Initial Purchasers shall have no liability to the Company, any Guarantor or any Holder with respect to any request that they may make pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof.

 

5.             Indemnification and Contribution.  (a)  The Company and each Guarantor (if any), jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser and each Holder, their respective affiliates, directors and officers and each Person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser or any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (1) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (2) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” (“Issuer Information”) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Initial Purchaser or information relating to any Holder furnished to the Company or any Guarantors by such Initial Purchaser or Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement, any Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus. In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Company and any Guarantors, jointly and severally, will also indemnify the Underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their respective affiliates and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement, any Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or any Issuer Information.

 

(b)           Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company,  any Guarantors, the Initial Purchasers and the other selling Holders, the respective directors of the Company and any Guarantors, each officer of the Company and any Guarantors who signed the Registration Statement, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, any Guarantors, any Initial Purchaser and any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred) that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement, any Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus.

 

(c)           If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under paragraph (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under paragraph (a) or (b) above.  If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred.  In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified

 

11

 

Person unless: (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them.  It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred.  Any such separate firm (x) for any Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control Persons of such Initial Purchaser shall be designated in writing by J.P. Morgan, (y) for any Holder, its directors and officers and any control Persons of such Holder shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders and (z) in all other cases shall be designated in writing by the Company.  The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.  No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

 

(d)           If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and any Guarantors on the one hand and by the Holders on the other from the offering of the Securities and the Exchange Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and any Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the Company and any Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and any Guarantors or by the Holders and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(e)           The Company, any Guarantors and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above.  The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, in no event shall a Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities or Exchange Securities sold by the Holder or, in the case of a Holder that is a Holder only as an Initial Purchaser, the total discounts and commissions received by such Initial Purchaser with respect to the Securities or Exchange Securities sold by such Initial Purchaser, exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5 are several and not joint.

 

12

 

(f)            The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

 

(g)           The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or any Holder or any Person controlling any Initial Purchaser or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Company or any Guarantors or the officers or directors of or any Person controlling the Company or any Guarantors, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

 

6              General.

 

(a)           Remedies. The Company and any Guarantors hereby agree that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be inadequate.

 

(b)           No Inconsistent Agreements.   The Company and any Guarantors represent, warrant and agree that (i) the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any other outstanding securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any Guarantor under any other agreement and (ii) neither the Company nor any Guarantor has entered into, or on or after the date of this Agreement will enter into, any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

 

(c)           Amendments and Waivers.   The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company and any Guarantors have obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent; provided that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure from the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder.  Any amendments, modifications, supplements, waivers or consents pursuant to this Section 6(c) shall be by a writing executed by each of the parties hereto.

 

(d)           Notices.  All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(d), which address initially is, with respect to the Initial Purchasers, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; (ii) if to the Company and any Guarantors, initially at the Company’s address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(d); and (iii) if to such other persons at their respective addresses as provided in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(d).  All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.  Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture.

 

(e)           Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture.  If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the

 

13

 

benefits hereof.  The Initial Purchasers (in their capacity as Initial Purchasers) shall have no liability or obligation to the Company or the Guarantors (if any) with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement.

 

(f)            Release.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the Company is released from all of its obligations under the Indenture pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Indenture, the Company shall also be released from its obligations under this Agreement; provided that, the Surviving Entity (as defined in the Indenture) shall have fully assumed the Company’s obligations hereunder.

 

(g)           Third Party Beneficiaries.  Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Company and any Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of other Holders hereunder.

 

(h)           Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(i)            Headings.  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not a part of this Agreement and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

(j)            Governing Law.  This Agreement, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

(k)           Entire Agreement; Severability.  This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto.  If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable or against public policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.  The Company, any Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which  comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions.

 

14

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

	
 
    	
STARWOOD PROPERTY   TRUST, INC.
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By
    	
/s/ Andrew J. Sossen
    
	
 
    	
Name: Andrew J. Sossen
    
	
 
    	
Title: Executive Vice   President, General Counsel, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Compliance Officer   and Secretary
    

 

15

 

	
Confirmed and accepted   as of the date first above written:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES   LLC
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
For itself and on   behalf of the
    	
 
    
	
several Initial   Purchasers
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
By
    	
/s/ Ben   Gilfillan
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Authorized   Signatory
    	
 
    

 

16

 

Annex A

 

Counterpart to Registration Rights Agreement

 

The undersigned hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees as a Guarantor (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 16, 2016  by and among Starwood Property Trust, Inc., a Maryland corporation, the Guarantors party thereto (if any) and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, on behalf of itself and the other Initial Purchasers) to be bound by the terms and provisions of such Registration Rights Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this counterpart as of         , 20  .

 

	
 
    	
[GUARANTOR]
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
Title:

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00265-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00265-of-00352.parquet"}]]